WO2023011087A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023011087A1
WO2023011087A1 PCT/CN2022/103857 CN2022103857W WO2023011087A1 WO 2023011087 A1 WO2023011087 A1 WO 2023011087A1 CN 2022103857 W CN2022103857 W CN 2022103857W WO 2023011087 A1 WO2023011087 A1 WO 2023011087A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
identifier
session
pdu session
access technology
ebi
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/103857
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
曹德全
陶振宇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023011087A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023011087A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/02Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • H04W8/08Mobility data transfer
    • H04W8/14Mobility data transfer between corresponding nodes

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • 5G network With the official commercialization of the 5th Generation (5th Generation, 5G) network, 5G network will appear in our daily life. However, in the initial stage of 5G network commercialization, limited by the maturity of technology and the support of terminal equipment, 5G network cannot cover a large area, and 5G network and 4th generation (4th Generation, 4G) network will coexist for a long time. a period of time. In a typical scenario, the core network equipment in the system is transformed into a 5G core network (5G corenet, 5GC), and the access network equipment in the 4G system is used. In this networking situation, there will be 5G network and Interoperability between 4G networks.
  • 5G corenet 5G corenet
  • the protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session (PDU session) identifier is allocated by the terminal device and carried to the network side. If the terminal device does not have the interoperability between 4G and 5G, according to the provisions of the agreement, the PDU session identifier is determined by the session management function (session management function, SMF)/packet data network gateway-control plane (
  • the packet data network gateway control (PGW-C) network element is based on the evolved packet system (EPS) bearer allocated by the mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) or the evolved packet data gateway (ePDG).
  • EPS bearer identity, EBI is responsible for generation.
  • the co-located SMF/PGW-C network element does not update the PDU session identifier corresponding to the first session to the policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element and/or charging function (charging function, CHF) network element.
  • policy control function policy control function, PCF
  • charging function charging function
  • the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, so that multiple services of a terminal device can be performed simultaneously, thereby improving user experience.
  • a communication method is provided, and the method is executed by a first core network device, and may also be executed by a module or unit included in the first core network device.
  • the method includes: receiving a first request message from a second core network device, where the first request message is used to request the first session of the terminal device to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the first request message A request message includes the first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the first session; an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element, the update message includes the first PDU session identifier, the The first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
  • the second core network device when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI.
  • this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • the method further includes: generating the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
  • the first preset value is determined according to the second access technology.
  • the first access technology is a 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is a non-3rd Generation Partnership Project N3GPP access technology.
  • the second core network device is an evolved packet data gateway ePDG.
  • the first preset value is 80.
  • the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the second core network device is a mobility management entity (MME).
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the first preset value is 64.
  • the first core network device is a session management function SMF/packet data network gateway-control plane PGW-C network element.
  • the first EBI is used to identify the first session.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method is executed by a network element with a policy control function, and may also be executed by a module or unit included in the network element with a policy control function.
  • the method includes: receiving an update message from a first core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to a first EBI, and the first EBI is used to identify a terminal device The first session of the first PDU; saving the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the first PDU session.
  • the second core network device when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI.
  • this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • a communication method is provided, and the method is executed by a network element with a charging function, and may also be executed by a module or unit included in the network element with a charging function.
  • the method includes: receiving an update message from a first core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to a first EBI, and the first EBI is used to identify a terminal device The first session of the first PDU; saving the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the first PDU session.
  • the second core network device when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI.
  • this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • a communication method is provided, and the method is executed by a first core network device, and may also be executed by a module or unit included in the first core network device.
  • the method includes: receiving a first request message from a second core network device, the first request message is used to request to create a first session of the terminal device through a first access technology, the first request message includes the The first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the first session; when it is determined that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device, send a creation message to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element, the The creation message includes a second PDU session identifier, the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
  • the second core network device when the terminal device needs to establish the first session through the first access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will send the first request message to the
  • the network element with the policy control function and/or the network element with the charging function sends a creation message respectively, and the creation message carries a second PDU session identifier, and the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, wherein the first PDU session The identifier is generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
  • the present application carries the second PDU session identifier different from the first PDU session identifier in the creation message, so as to prevent the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element from receiving the same PDU session identifier as the first session. Session identification, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • the method further includes: generating the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value; The EBI and a second preset value generate the second PDU session identifier, and the second preset value is different from the first preset value.
  • the method further includes: determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device.
  • the method before receiving the first request message, further includes: receiving a second request message, where the second request message is used to request to pass the first request message
  • the access technology creates a second session, the second request message includes a second EBI of the second session; and a third PDU session identifier is generated according to the second EBI and a first preset value.
  • the determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device includes: determining that the third PDU session identifier is the same as the first PDU session identifier.
  • the first preset value is determined according to the first access technology
  • the second preset value is determined according to the first preset value
  • the second preset value is different from the first preset value.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology.
  • the second core network device is a mobility management entity (MME).
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the first preset value is 64.
  • the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology.
  • the second core network device is an evolved packet data gateway ePDG.
  • the first preset value is 80.
  • the first core network device is a session management function SMF/packet data network gateway-control plane PGW-C network element.
  • the first EBI is used to identify the first session
  • the second EBI is used to identify the second session.
  • a communication device configured to be a first core network device.
  • the apparatus includes: a transceiving unit, configured to receive a first request message from a second core network device, and the first request message is used to request the first session of the terminal device to switch from the first access technology to the second access technology technology, the first request message includes the first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the first session; the transceiver unit is further configured to: send an update message to a policy control function network element and/or a charging function network element, The update message includes a first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
  • the second core network device when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI.
  • this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • the apparatus further includes: a processing unit configured to generate the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
  • the first preset value is determined according to the second access technology.
  • the first access technology is a 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is a non-3rd Generation Partnership Project N3GPP access technology.
  • the second core network device is an evolved packet data gateway ePDG.
  • the first preset value is 80.
  • the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the second core network device is a mobility management entity (MME).
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the first preset value is 64.
  • the first core network device is a session management function SMF/packet data network gateway-control plane PGW-C network element.
  • a communication device configured to be a network element with a policy control function.
  • the device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive an update message from a first core network device, the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to a first EBI, and the first EBI A first session for identifying a terminal device; a processing unit configured to save a mapping relationship between the terminal device identifier and the first PDU session identifier.
  • the second core network device when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI.
  • this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • a communication device configured to be executed by a charging function network element.
  • the device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive an update message from a first core network device, the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to a first EBI, and the first EBI A first session for identifying a terminal device; a processing unit configured to save a mapping relationship between the terminal device identifier and the first PDU session identifier.
  • the second core network device when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI.
  • this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • a communication device configured to be a first core network device.
  • the apparatus includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a first request message from a second core network device, where the first request message is used to request to create a first session of a terminal device through a first access technology, and the first The request message includes the first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the first session; the transceiver unit is further configured to: when determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device, send the policy control function network element and /or the charging function network element sends a creation message, the creation message includes a second PDU session identifier, the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is based on the first PDU session identifier An EBI and a first default value are generated.
  • the second core network device when the terminal device needs to establish the first session through the first access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will send the first request message to the
  • the network element with the policy control function and/or the network element with the charging function sends a creation message respectively, and the creation message carries a second PDU session identifier, and the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, wherein the first PDU session The identifier is generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
  • the present application carries the second PDU session identifier different from the first PDU session identifier in the creation message, so as to prevent the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element from receiving the same PDU session identifier as the first session. Session identification, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • the apparatus further includes: a processing unit configured to generate the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value; The first EBI and a second preset value generate the second PDU session identifier, and the second preset value is different from the first preset value.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: determine that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive a second request message, where the second request message is used to request to create a second session, the second request message includes a second EBI of the second session; the processing unit is further configured to: generate a third PDU session identifier according to the second EBI and a first preset value. The processing unit is specifically configured to: determine that the third PDU session identifier is the same as the first PDU session identifier.
  • the first preset value is determined according to the first access technology
  • the second preset value is determined according to the first preset value
  • the second preset value is different from the first preset value.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology.
  • the second core network device is a mobility management entity (MME).
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the first preset value is 64.
  • the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology.
  • the second core network device is an evolved packet data gateway ePDG.
  • the first preset value is 80.
  • the first core network device is a session management function SMF/packet data network gateway-control plane PGW-C network element.
  • a communication device including: at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute a computer program or an instruction stored in the at least one memory, so that The communication device executes any one of the above first method to the fourth aspect or a method in any possible implementation manner of the first method to the fourth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium where a computer program or an instruction is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, the computer is made to perform the first method to the first method above.
  • a chip system including: a processor configured to execute a computer program or an instruction in a memory, so as to implement any one of the above-mentioned first method to the fourth aspect or the first method to the first method A method in any possible implementation manner in the four aspects.
  • a computer program product including a computer program or an instruction.
  • the computer program or instruction When the computer program or instruction is executed, any one of the above-mentioned first method to the fourth aspect or the first method to the fourth aspect A method in any one possible implementation of the aspect is performed.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a communication system, including: the fifth aspect or the unit in any possible implementation of the fifth aspect; and/or, the unit in the sixth aspect; and/or the seventh aspect unit in .
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario applicable to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for 5G and 4G interaction provided by this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for the interaction between the 3GPP access technology and the N3GPP access technology provided in the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is a structural block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • long term evolution long term evolution
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5th generation, 5G fifth generation
  • 6th generation, 6G vehicle-to-x
  • V2X vehicle-to-x
  • V2X can include vehicle-to-network (V2N), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-infrastructure ( vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), etc.
  • long term evolution-vehicle LTE-V
  • vehicle networking machine type communication
  • machine type communication machine type communication
  • MTC Internet of Things
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • LTE-M long term evolution-machine
  • M2M machine to machine
  • Protocol data network protocol data network, PDN
  • connection connection or connectivity
  • a PDN connection refers to a combination of a group of evolved packet system (envolved packet system, EPS) bearers (bearers) established on the UE in the 4G communication system. These EPS bearers have the same Internet Protocol (Internet Protocol, IP) address and interface.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the access point name (access point name, APN) the function of the PDN connection is to realize IP connectivity, and transmit the service data flow (service data flow, SDF) between the UE and the APN.
  • EPS bearer is a smaller tunnel included in the PDN connection, which refers to the data transmission channel in the 4G communication system. Specifically, the data transmitted in the same PDN connection will be treated differently by the EPS system during forwarding processing. In the same PDN connection, different EPS bearers represent different QoS, that is, different quality of service.
  • EPS bearer When a PDN connection is established, an EPS bearer will be established at the same time, which is called the default bearer (default bearer).
  • the life cycle of the default bearer is the same as that of the PDN connection, and releasing the default bearer is equivalent to releasing the PDN connection.
  • Dedicated bearer (dedicated bearer) refers to the bearer established to meet specific quality of service (quality of service, QoS) requirements after the establishment of the PDN connection. There may or may not be a dedicated bearer.
  • a UE may have multiple PDN connections, and a PDN connection may have multiple EPS bearers.
  • the EPS bearer identity (EPS bearer identity, EBI) is used to distinguish multiple EPS bearers of the same UE, and the EBI of different UEs may be repeated.
  • the length of the EBI is 4 bits, and the value range is 0 to 15. Among them, the value 0 to 4 is currently reserved, and the available value range is 5 to 15.
  • Protocol data unit protocol data unit
  • PDU session Protocol data unit
  • QoS flow refers to the data transmission channel in the 5G communication system.
  • the 5G core network (5G core network, 5GC) supports PDU connection services.
  • the PDU connection service may refer to a service for exchanging PDU data packets between a terminal device and a data network (data network, DN).
  • the PDU connection service is realized by the establishment of the PDU session initiated by the terminal device. After a PDU session is established, that is, a PDU session tunnel is established.
  • the PDU session tunnel corresponds to the UE, and the service data in the PDU session tunnel can be transmitted in the form of unicast QoS flow. In other words, PDU sessions are at UE level.
  • Each end device can establish one or more PDU sessions.
  • the PDU session identifier (PduSessionId) can be used to distinguish different PDU sessions of the same UE.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-oriented interface.
  • the network architecture may specifically include the following network elements:
  • User equipment (UE) 110 may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of terminals, Mobile station (mobile station, MS), terminal (terminal) or soft terminal, etc. For example, water meters, electricity meters, sensors, etc.
  • the user equipment in this embodiment of the present application may refer to an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal (user terminal), a terminal device (terminal equipment), wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device.
  • the user equipment can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, user equipment in 5G networks or users in future evolved public land mobile networks (PLMN) Devices or user equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • PLMN public land mobile networks
  • wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which is a general term for intelligently designing daily wear and developing wearable devices by applying wearable technology, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • the user equipment can also be the user equipment in the Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrow band (NB) technology.
  • the user equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations, and its main functions include collecting data (part of user equipment), receiving control information and downlink data of access network equipment, and Send electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to access network equipment.
  • (wireless) access network equipment (radio access network, (R)AN) 120 used to provide network access functions for authorized user equipment in a specific area.
  • Terminal devices can use access networks of different access technologies to access the core network, for example: using third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) technology and non-3rd generation partnership project (non-3rd generation partnership project) technology , N3GPP) technology to access the core network.
  • the access technology may include, for example, NR, evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System, UMTS) Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network, E-UTRAN), Multefire, 3GPP access technology, N3GPP access technology, 4G cellular access technology, 5G cellular access technology, trusted or untrusted wireless fidelity (WiFi) access technology, fixed network or wired access technology, etc.
  • 3rd generation partnership project 3rd generation partnership project
  • N3GPP non-3rd generation partnership project
  • the access technology may include, for example, NR, evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System, UMTS) Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UMTS Terrestrial
  • the access network using N3GPP technology may include but not limited to: wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) system, wireless local area network (wireless local area network, WLAN), MulteFire network, wired network (for example: wireless and Wired convergence (wireless and wireline convergence, WWC) network), or femtocell network.
  • wireless fidelity wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • MulteFire network
  • wired network for example: wireless and Wired convergence (wireless and wireline convergence, WWC) network
  • femtocell network for example: wireless and Wired convergence (wireless and wireline convergence, WWC) network.
  • the access network equipment adopting the N3GPP technology may include, for example: an access point (access point, AP), a trusted WLAN interworking function (trusted WLAN interworking function, TWIF) network element, a trusted non-3GPP gateway function (trusted non-3GPP gateway function (TNGF), wired access gateway function (wireline access gateway function, W-AGF), access gateway function (access gateway function, AGF), broadband network gateway (broadband network gateway, BNG), fixed mobile Internet Operation function (fixed-mobile interworking function, FMIF), non-3GPP interworking function (Non-3GPP interworking function, N3IWF), etc.
  • an access point access point
  • AP trusted WLAN interworking function
  • TWIF trusted WLAN interworking function
  • TWIF trusted non-3GPP gateway function
  • TNGF trusted non-3GPP gateway function
  • wired access gateway function wireless access gateway function
  • W-AGF wireless access gateway function
  • AGF wireless access gateway function
  • BNG broadband network gateway
  • fixed mobile Internet Operation function fixed-mobile interworking
  • the access network using 3GPP technology may include but not limited to: LTE network, NR network, 5G network, or subsequent evolution of mobile communication networks.
  • the access network equipment using the 3GPP technology may include, for example, radio access network (radio access network, RAN) equipment, g-NodeB, e-NodeB, and home-NodeB.
  • radio access network radio access network
  • An access network that implements access network functions based on wireless communication technologies may be called a RAN.
  • the radio access network can be responsible for functions such as radio resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption on the air interface side.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the wireless access network provides access services for terminal equipment, and then completes the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal and the core network.
  • Radio access network equipment may include, but not limited to, for example: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller ( base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), AP in the WiFi system, Wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be gNB or transmission point (TRP) in the 5G (eg, NR) system or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or, it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband
  • the access network can provide services for the cells.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the cell through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the access network device.
  • User plane network element 130 used for packet routing and forwarding, and user plane data quality of service (quality of service, QoS) processing, etc.
  • the user plane network element may be a user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element.
  • UPF user plane function
  • the user plane network element may still be a UPF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Data network 140 used to provide a network for transmitting data.
  • the data network may be a data network (data network, DN).
  • the data network may still be a DN, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Access management network element 150 mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement functions other than session management in mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) functions, for example, access Access authorization/authentication and other functions.
  • mobility management entity mobility management entity, MME
  • the access management network element may be an access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the access management network element may still be an AMF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Session management network element 160 mainly used for session management, network interconnection protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of manageable user plane functions, termination points of policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink Data Notification etc.
  • IP network interconnection protocol
  • the session management network element may be a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element.
  • SMF session management function
  • the session management network element may still be an SMF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Policy control network element 170 a unified policy framework for guiding network behavior, providing policy rule information, etc. for network network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.) or terminal devices.
  • the policy control network element may be a policy and charging rules function (policy and charging rules function, PCRF) network element.
  • policy control network element may be a policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element.
  • policy control network element may still be a PCF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Charging network element 180 as a quota control node for online charging, it performs rate processing for online charging for various services of user equipment.
  • the charging network element may be an online charging system (online charging system, OCS) server or an online control and charging gateway (online control and charging gateway, OCG).
  • OCS online charging system
  • OCG online control and charging gateway
  • the charging network element may be a charging function (charging function, CHF) network element.
  • CHF charging function
  • the billing network element may still be a CHF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Network opening network element 190 mainly used to support the opening of capabilities and events.
  • the network exposure may be a network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF) network element.
  • NEF network exposure function
  • the open network element may still be an NEF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Data management network element 1100 used for processing terminal equipment identification, access authentication, registration and mobility management, etc.
  • the data management network element may be a unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element.
  • UDM unified data management
  • the unified data management may still be a UDM network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Application network element 1110 used for routing data affected by applications, accessing network elements with open network functions, and interacting with policy frameworks for policy control, etc.
  • the application network element may be an application function (application function, AF) network element.
  • the application network element may still be an AF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Data analysis network element 1120 used to implement a network data analysis function.
  • the data analysis network element can be a single network element, or a combination of multiple network elements, or be co-located with other network elements.
  • the NWDAF network element may be co-configured with the AMF or with the session management function (session management function, SMF) network element.
  • the data analysis network element may be a network data analysis function (network data analytics function, NWDAF) network element.
  • NWDAF network data analytics function
  • the data analysis network element may still be the NWDAF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Network slice selection network element 1130 used to select a network slice instance serving the user equipment.
  • the network slice selection network element may be a network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF) network element.
  • NSSF network slice selection function
  • the network element with network slice selection function may still be an NSSF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the above-mentioned network element or function may be a network element in a hardware device, or a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • the network element with the access management function is the AMF network element
  • the network element with the data analysis function is the NWDAF network element
  • the network element with the policy control function is the PCF network element.
  • the AMF network element is referred to as AMF
  • the NWDAF network element is referred to as NWDAF
  • the PCF network element is referred to as PCF. That is, the AMF described later in this application can be replaced by an access management function network element, the NWDAF can be replaced by a data analysis function network element, and the PCF can be replaced by a policy control function network element.
  • this application takes the device as an example of an AMF entity, an NWDAF entity, and a PCF entity to describe the method for obtaining data.
  • a device that is a chip in an AMF entity, a chip in an NWDAF entity, or a PCF entity
  • For the implementation method of the chip refer to the specific descriptions of the devices being the AMF entity, the NWDAF entity, and the PCF entity, and the introduction will not be repeated.
  • the terminal device is connected to the AMF through the N1 interface
  • the RAN is connected to the AMF through the N2 interface
  • the RAN is connected to the UPF through the N3 interface.
  • the UPFs are connected through the N9 interface, and the UPF is interconnected with the data network (data network, DN) through the N6 interface.
  • the SMF controls the UPF through the N4 interface.
  • NSSF accesses the service architecture through the Nnssf interface and provides corresponding services.
  • CHF, PCF, UDM, NWDAF, and AF access the service architecture through their corresponding interfaces to provide corresponding services.
  • Nnef, Nchf, Npcf, Nudm, Nnwdaf, Naf, Namf, Nsmf, Nnssf, N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers.
  • the meanings of these interface serial numbers may refer to the meanings defined in the third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) standard agreement, and no limitation is made here.
  • network function network element entities such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, and UDM network elements are called network function network elements (network function network elements).
  • network function network elements network function network elements
  • NF network function network elements
  • a collection of network elements such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, and UDM network elements can be called control plane function network elements.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for interaction between 5G and 4G provided by this application.
  • the home subscriber server (home subscriber server, HSS) is a server in the 4G network for storing user subscription information
  • the serving gateway serving gateway, SGW
  • the packet data network gateway-control plane (packet data network gateway control, PGW-C) network element and the packet data network gateway-user plane (packet data network gateway user, PGW-U) network element are responsible user equipment in the 4G network
  • the network element connected to the external network also undertakes the session management and bearer control of the mobile phone, as well as IP address allocation, billing support and other functions.
  • Evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network (evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network, E-UTRAN) is the access network equipment in the 4G network.
  • UE can access the 4G core network equipment through E-UTRAN
  • NG-RAN is the 5G network equipment.
  • the access network equipment, UE can access the 5G core network equipment through NG-RAN.
  • the MME is a 4G core network device, responsible for authentication, authorization, mobility management, and session management of the UE.
  • the EPS bearer identify (EBI) of the UE's 4G PDN connection is allocated by the device.
  • the 5G network is co-configured with 4G network elements (as shown in Figure 2, SMF and PGW-C, UDM and HSS, etc.)
  • the N26 interface is opened between the AMF shown in 2 and the MME) to realize the interaction between the two networks.
  • UDM/HSS is the core network equipment shared by 4G and 5G, that is, the core network equipment jointly established by 4G and 5G, including HSS and UDM, can provide at least one of the following functions for terminal equipment: processing 3GPP AKA authentication credentials, user identification processing, access authorization, registration/mobility management, subscription management and SMS management, etc.
  • SMF/PGW-C is the core network equipment jointly established by 4G and 5G, including the functions of SMF and PGW-C.
  • UPF/PGW-U is the core network equipment jointly established by 4G and 5G, including the functions of SMF and PGW-C.
  • each interface name shown in Figure 2 (for example, S1-MME, S1-U, S11, N26, N3, N1, N2, N11, S11, S5-U, S5 -C, N15, N7, N8, N10, S6a, N40) are just examples and do not constitute any limitation to the scope of protection of this application.
  • interface serial numbers please refer to the meaning defined in the standard protocol.
  • the user equipment or the access network equipment includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a user equipment or an access network device, or a functional module in the user equipment or access network device that can call a program and execute the program.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for interaction between the 3GPP access technology and the N3GPP access technology provided in this application.
  • the architecture shown in FIG. 3 includes 3GPP and N3GPP system architectures, which are divided by a dotted line 301 .
  • Above the line 301 is the 3GPP access network, and below the dotted line 301 is the N3GPP access network.
  • UE, E-UTRAN, MME, HSS, CHF, PCF, SMF/PGW-C in Figure 3 have similar or same functions as those in Figure 1 and Figure 2 .
  • the operator's IP service may include an IP Multimedia Service Subsystem (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IMS).
  • IMS IP Multimedia Subsystem
  • the terminal device can establish a connection with the SMF/PGW-C through the evolved packet data gateway (ePDG), and the SMF/PGW-C provides the related services of the session-related control plane.
  • the EPS bearer identifier (EPS bearer identify, EBI) of the PDN connection of the UE in the N3GPP access is allocated by the device.
  • the PDU identifier is allocated by the terminal device and carried to the network side. If the terminal device does not have 4G and 5G interoperability, the terminal device will not carry the PDU session identifier.
  • the PDU session identifier is assigned by the SMF/PGW-C network element according to the EPS bearer identifier EBI assigned by the MME or ePDG. responsible for generation.
  • the specific generation principle is: for the session in the 3GPP access network, the SMF/PGW-C network element adds 64 to the default bearer identifier assigned by the MME; for the N3GPP access network, the SMF/PGW-C network element Add 80 to the default bearer identifier allocated by the ePDG.
  • the co-located SMF/PGW-C network element does not update the first PDU session identifier to the policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element and/or the charging function (charging function, CHF) ) network element.
  • policy control function policy control function, PCF
  • charging function charging function
  • the MME assigns EBI to session #1 as 5.
  • the SMF/PGW-C network element will generate the PDU session identifier 69 (ie 5+64) for session #1, and the SMF/PGW-C will generate the PDU through the N7 and N40 interfaces in Figure 2 and Figure 3 respectively.
  • the PDU session identifier 69 of the session #1 is sent to the PCF and the CHF, and the PCF and the CHF complete the policy rule guidance and charging processing of the session #1.
  • session #1 When terminal device #A undergoes a mobility handover from the initially accessed 3GPP access network to the N3GPP access network, session #1 will also be switched to the N3GPP access network, the MME will release the EBI of session #1, and the ePDG will Reassign EBI for session #1, probably still at 5. Since it is only a switching process, the N7 interface and the N40 interface send update messages. In the existing protocol, the update message of the N7 interface between SMF/PGW-C and PCF does not support carrying the PDU session identifier, so the update message sent to the PCF will not carry the PDU session identifier, that is, the PCF side stores the session #1 The ID is still 69.
  • the existing protocol does not define the specific processing method of the N40 interface in the case of handover, so the CHF cannot update the PDU session identifier in time.
  • the SMF/PGW-C network element will generate a PDU session identifier 69 (ie 5+64) for session #1. Similarly, the SMF/PGW-C will pass through the N7 and N40 interfaces in Figure 2 and Figure 3
  • the generated PDU session identifier 69 of session #2 is sent to PCF and CHF respectively, and the PCF and CHF complete the policy rule guidance and charging processing of session #2.
  • the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, so that multiple services of a terminal device can be performed simultaneously, thereby improving user experience.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 400 shown in FIG. 4 may be executed by any communication system in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 .
  • the second core network device sends a first request message, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the first request message, where the first request message is used to request that the first session of the terminal device be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology
  • the first request message includes the first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the first session.
  • the second core network device When the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send a first request message to the first core network device, and the first request message includes the first session Session ID, that is, the first EBI.
  • the first request message may be a session creation request (create session request) message
  • the session creation request message includes a handover indication (handover indication, HI) flag
  • the handover indication flag is used to indicate the terminal device Whether the first session is a switched session, for example, the switching indication flag may indicate that the first session of the terminal device is a switched session, that is, the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology
  • the first core network device may analyze the information of the handover indication flag bit, so as to determine that the first session of the first terminal device has been handed over.
  • the first session of the terminal device may be a switched session or an initially established session.
  • the first session is a switched session.
  • the first core network device sends an update message to the third core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
  • the third core network device receives the update message.
  • the third core network device is a network element with a policy control function and/or a network element with a charging function.
  • the first core network device After receiving the first request message, the first core network device will send an update message to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, for example, the update message may be an update request (update request) message, the update The message carries the first PDU session identify (PDU session identify) generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
  • the first core network device can convert the first EBI identifying the first session into the first PDU session An identifier, the first session is identified by the first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is carried in an update message sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element.
  • the second core network device when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send a first request message, and the first core network device After receiving the first request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI.
  • this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • the update message may be sent only to the network element with the policy control function, or the update message may be sent only to the network element with the charging function, or the update message may be sent to the network element with the policy control function and the network element with the charging function Updates are sent.
  • the first core network device sends an update message to both the policy control function network element and the charging function network element
  • the sequence of sending the update message to the policy control function network element and the charging function network element does not change. limited, it can be sent to the network element with the policy control function first, or it can be sent to the network element with the charging function first.
  • the first core network device is an SMF/PGW-C.
  • the method 400 further includes: S430, the first core network device generates a first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
  • the first core network device may generate the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value, that is, the first core network device may convert the first EBI identifying the first session into the first PDU session identifier, and pass the first The PDU session identifier is used to identify the first session.
  • the first preset value depends on the PDU session generation rule defined in the protocol.
  • the first preset value is determined according to the second access technology.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the first session of the terminal device is switched from the 3GPP access technology to the N3GPP access technology.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the second core network device is an ePDG.
  • the ePDG in the N3GPP access network will allocate the first EBI for the first session after switching, and the ePDG will send the first EBI to the first core network device.
  • a request message When the first session of the terminal device is switched from the 3GPP access technology to the N3GPP access technology, the ePDG in the N3GPP access network will allocate the first EBI for the first session after switching, and the ePDG will send the first EBI to the first core network device. A request message.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the first preset value is 80.
  • the first core network device generates the first PDU session identifier according to the switched access technology, that is, the generation rule of the PDU session identifier in the N3GPP access technology. It is stipulated in the protocol TS 29.571 that for the access network using N3GPP technology, the SMF/PGW-C network element adds 80 to the default bearer identifier assigned by ePDG, that is, the first default value is 80.
  • the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the first session of the terminal device is switched from the N3GPP access technology to the 3GPP access technology.
  • the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the second core network device is an MME.
  • the MME in the 3GPP access network will allocate the first EBI for the first session after the switch, and the MME will send the first EBI to the first core network device.
  • a request message When the first session of the terminal device is switched from the N3GPP access technology to the 3GPP access technology, the MME in the 3GPP access network will allocate the first EBI for the first session after the switch, and the MME will send the first EBI to the first core network device. A request message.
  • the MME may first send it to the SGW, and then the SGW sends it to the first core network device.
  • the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the first preset value is 64.
  • the first core network device generates the first PDU session identifier according to the switched access technology, that is, the generation rule of the PDU session identifier in the 3GPP access technology. It is stipulated in the protocol TS 29.571 that for the access network using 3GPP technology, the SMF/PGW-C network element adds 64 to the default bearer identifier assigned by the MME, that is, the first preset value is 64.
  • the method 400 further includes: S440, the third core network device stores the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the first PDU session identifier.
  • the policy control network element and/or the charging function network element may save the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the first PDU session identifier, so as to manage the first session of the terminal device through the first PDU session identifier.
  • the identifier of the terminal device may be an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI), which is used to identify different terminal devices.
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identity
  • the terminal device does not have the interoperability between 4G and 5G.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that, in the method 500 in FIG. 5 , the first access technology in the method 400 is the 3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is the N3GPP access technology as an example for illustration.
  • the core network device initiates the creation process of the session #1 through the 3GPP technology.
  • the MME sends the creation request of the session #1 to the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW Message #1, which includes EBI #1 for identifying session #1.
  • EBI#1 is 5.
  • the message #1 may include an HI flag bit, for example, the value of this field is 0, indicating that the session #1 of the terminal device is an initially established session.
  • session #1 is a voice service
  • the EBI in message #1 may refer to a default bearer identifier (linked bearer identify, LBI), which is referred to as EBI for short in this application.
  • LBI linked bearer identify
  • the SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session identifier #1 according to the EBI #1.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a create request (create request) message #2 to the CHF, and the message #2 includes the identifier #1.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #2 to CHF through N40 interface.
  • the CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #1.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the CHF stores the mapping relationship #1 between IMSI#1 and identifier #1.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #3 to the PCF, and the message #3 includes the identifier #1.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #3 to PCF through N7 interface.
  • the PCF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #1.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1
  • the PCF stores the mapping relationship #2 between the IMSI#1 and the identifier #1.
  • the 3GPP technical access network is switched to the N3GPP technical access network, and the session #1 will be switched to the N3GPP technical access network.
  • the ePDG will send the session to the SMF/PGW-C Create request message #4 of #1, message #4 includes EBI #2 reallocated by ePDG. Since EBI #2 and EBI #1 are allocated by different network elements, it may happen that the allocated EBI values are the same. For example, the value of EBI#2 is 5.
  • Message #4 also includes an HI flag bit, for example, if this field takes a value of 1, it indicates that session #1 of the terminal device is a handover session. Or it can also be understood as indicating that the session #1 of the terminal device is switched from the 3GPP access technology to the N3GPP access technology.
  • S508 SMF/PGW-C generates PDU session identifier #2 according to EBI #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #1 to the CHF, where the update request message #1 includes the identifier #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #1 to the CHF through the N40 interface.
  • the CHF updates the identity #1 according to the update request message #1, or, it can also be said, updates the mapping relationship #1.
  • the CHF updates the mapping relationship #1 to the corresponding relationship between the IMSI #1 and the identifier #2 according to the identifier #2 in the update request message #1.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #2 to the PCF, where the update request message #2 includes the identifier #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #2 to the PCF through the N7 interface.
  • the PCF updates the identifier #1 according to the update request message #2, or, it can also be said, updates the mapping relationship #2.
  • the PCF updates the mapping relationship #2 to the corresponding relationship between the IMSI #1 and the identifier #2 according to the identifier #2 in the update request message #1.
  • the sending order of the update request message #1 and the update request message #2 is not limited, that is, the sequence of S509 and S511 is not limited.
  • the second core network device when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send a first request message, and the first core network device After receiving the first request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI.
  • this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • the method 500 further includes:
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a release message to the MME through the SGW, for example, a delete bearer request (delete bearer request) message, carrying the identifier of the session where the handover occurs, that is, EBI#1.
  • a delete bearer request delete bearer request
  • the MME After receiving the release message, the MME will release the EBI#1 identifying the session #1.
  • the core network device initiates the creation process of the session #2 through the 3GPP technology.
  • the MME sends a creation request message #5 of the session #2 to the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW.
  • message #5 may include EBI #3 allocated by MME for session #2, since in S513, EBI #1 generated by MME for session #1 has been released, so EBI #3 allocated by MME for session #2 may It will be the same as the EBI#1 assigned to session #1 before, for example, the value of EBI#3 is 5.
  • session #2 is multimedia message service
  • SMF/PGW-C generates PDU session identifier #3 according to EBI#3, and sends identifier #3 to CHF and PCF through creation request message #6 and creation request message #7, so that CHF and PCF can save the terminal The correspondence between the device ID and ID #3.
  • identity #1 and identity #3 are also the same, however, in CHF and PCF at this time, identity #3 is used to identify session #2 of the terminal device, while identifying session #1
  • the PDU session identifier of the PDU has been updated to identifier #2 in S507 to S512, and there will be no duplication. That is to say, through the method of this application, the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding duplication with the session identifier of the session established later, so that the terminal device Multiple services can be performed simultaneously to improve user experience.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that in the method 600 in FIG. 6 , the first access technology in the method 400 is the N3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is the 3GPP access technology as an example for illustration.
  • the core network device initiates the session #1 creation process through the N3GPP technology.
  • the ePDG sends a session #1 creation request message to the SMF/PGW-C# 1.
  • Message #1 includes EBI #1 for identifying session #1. For example, the value of EBI#1 is 6.
  • the message #1 may include an HI flag bit, for example, if the value of this field is 0, it indicates that the session #1 of the terminal device is a new session.
  • session #1 is a voice service
  • the SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session ID #1 according to the EBI #1.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #2 to the CHF, and the message #2 includes the identifier #1.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #2 to CHF through N40 interface.
  • the CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #1.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the CHF stores the mapping relationship #1 between IMSI#1 and identifier #1.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #3 to the PCF, and the message #3 includes the identifier #1.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #3 to PCF through N7 interface.
  • the PCF stores the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #1.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1
  • the PCF stores the mapping relationship #2 between the IMSI#1 and the identifier #1.
  • the N3GPP technical access network is switched to the 3GPP technical access network, and the session #1 will be switched to the 3GPP technical access network.
  • the MME will communicate with the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW.
  • the creation request message #4 of the session #1 is sent, and the message #4 includes the EBI #2 reallocated by the MME. Since EBI #2 and EBI #1 are allocated by different network elements, it may happen that the allocated EBI values are the same. For example, the value of EBI#2 is 6.
  • Message #4 also includes a HI flag bit. For example, if this field takes a value of 1, it indicates that session #1 of the terminal device is a session where handover occurs. Or it can also be understood as indicating that the session #1 of the terminal device is switched from the N3GPP access technology to the 3GPP access technology.
  • S608 SMF/PGW-C generates PDU session ID #2 according to EBI #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #1 to the CHF, where the update request message #1 includes the identifier #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #1 to the CHF through the N40 interface.
  • the CHF updates the identity #1 according to the update request message #1, or, it can also be said, updates the mapping relationship #1.
  • the CHF updates the mapping relationship #1 to the corresponding relationship between the IMSI #1 and the identifier #2 according to the identifier #2 in the update request message #1.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #2 to the PCF, where the update request message #2 includes the identifier #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #2 to the PCF through the N7 interface.
  • the PCF updates the identity #1 according to the update request message #2, or, it can also be said, updates the mapping relationship #2.
  • the PCF updates the mapping relationship #2 to the corresponding relationship between the IMSI #1 and the identifier #2 according to the identifier #2 in the update request message #1.
  • the sending order of the update request message #1 and the update request message #2 is not limited, that is, the sequence of S609 and S611 is not limited.
  • the second core network device when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send a first request message, and the first core network device After receiving the first request message, an update message will be sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI.
  • this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • the method 600 further includes:
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a release message to the ePDG, for example, a delete bearer request (delete bearer request) message, carrying the identifier of the session where the handover occurs, that is, EBI#1.
  • a delete bearer request delete bearer request
  • the MME After receiving the release message, the MME will release the EBI#1 identifying the session #1.
  • message #5 may include EBI #3 allocated by ePDG for session #2. Since EBI #1 generated by ePDG for session #1 has been released in S613, EBI #3 allocated by ePDG for session #2 may It will be the same as the EBI#1 assigned to session #1 before, for example, the value of EBI#3 is 6.
  • session #2 is a multimedia message service
  • SMF/PGW-C From S615 to S619, SMF/PGW-C generates PDU session identifier #3 according to EBI#3, and sends identifier #3 to CHF and PCF through creation request message #6 and creation request message #7, so that CHF can save the terminal device's
  • the mapping relationship #3 between the identifier and the identifier #3, and the PCF may save the mapping relationship #4 between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #3.
  • identity #1 and identity #3 are also the same, however, in CHF and PCF at this time, identity #3 is used to identify session #2 of the terminal device, while identifying session #1
  • the PDU session identifier of the PDU has been updated to identifier #2 in S607 to S612, and there will be no duplication. That is to say, through the method of this application, the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding duplication with the session identifier of the session established later, so that the terminal device Multiple services can be performed simultaneously to improve user experience.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 700 shown in FIG. 7 may be executed by any communication system in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 .
  • the second core network device sends a first request message.
  • the first core network device receives the first request message.
  • the first request message is used to request to create a first session of the terminal device through the first access technology.
  • the first request message includes a first EPS bearer identifier EBI of the first session.
  • the second core network device When the terminal device needs to create a first session through the first access technology, the second core network device will send a first request message to the first core network device, and the first request message includes the session identifier of the first session, that is, the first EBI .
  • the first request message may be a session creation request (create session request) message
  • the session creation request message includes a handover indication (handover indication, HI) flag
  • the handover indication flag is used to indicate the first session of the terminal device Whether it is an initially established session, for example, the handover indication flag can indicate that the first session of the terminal device is an initially established session, that is, the terminal device needs to use the first access technology to create the first session, and the first core network device can resolve the handover Indicate the information of the flag bit, so as to determine that the first session of the first terminal device is an initially established session.
  • the first session of the terminal device may be a switched session or an initially established session.
  • the first session is an initially established session.
  • the first core network device determines that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device, send a creation message to the third core network device, where the creation message includes the second PDU session identifier, the second PDU session identifier and the first PDU session identifier.
  • the PDU session identifiers are different, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
  • the third core network device receives the creation message.
  • the third core network device is a network element with a policy control function and/or a network element with a charging function.
  • the first core network device After receiving the first request message, the first core network device will send creation messages to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively when determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device, for example , the creation message may be a create request message, which carries a second PDU session identifier (PDU session identify), and the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, wherein the first PDU session The identifier is generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
  • PDU session identify PDU session identifier
  • the first core network device may convert the first EBI identifying the first session into a second PDU session ID different from the first PDU session ID, identify the first session by the second PDU session ID, and send the EBI to the policy
  • the creation message of the control function network element and/or the charging function network element carries the second PDU session identifier.
  • the second core network device when the terminal device needs to create the first session through the first access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will receive the first request message Afterwards, a creation message will be sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, the creation message carries the second PDU session identifier, and the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, wherein, The first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
  • the present application carries the second PDU session identifier different from the first PDU session identifier in the creation message, so as to prevent the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element from receiving the same PDU session identifier as the first session. Session identification, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • the creation message may be sent only to the network element with the policy control function, or the creation message may be sent only to the network element with the charging function, or, the creation message may be sent to the network element with the policy control function and the network element with the charging function Both send create messages.
  • the order of sending the creation message to the policy control function network element and the charging function network element does not change. limited, it can be sent to the network element with the policy control function first, or it can be sent to the network element with the charging function first.
  • the first core network device is an SMF/PGW-C.
  • the method 700 further includes: S730, the first core network device generates a first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and a first preset value, and generates a second PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and a second preset value , wherein the second preset value is different from the first preset value.
  • the first core network device may first generate the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value, and select a second PDU session identifier different from the first preset value when determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device.
  • a preset value generating a second PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and a second preset value. That is, the first core network device may convert the first EBI identifying the first session into a second PDU session ID different from the first PDU session ID, and use the second PDU session ID to identify the first session.
  • the first preset value depends on the PDU session generation rule defined in the protocol.
  • the second preset value may be defined by the protocol, or may be preconfigured in the first core network.
  • the generation of the first PDU session identifier and the generation of the second PDU session identifier may not occur simultaneously.
  • the method 700 further includes: S701, the second core network device sends a second request message, correspondingly, the first core network device receives the second request message, and the second request message is used to request to pass
  • the first access technology creates a second session, and the second request message includes a second EBI of the second session.
  • the first core network device receives a second request message from the second core network device, the second request message is used to request to create a second session through the first access technology, and the second request message includes the first The second EBI of the second session.
  • the first core network device generates a third PDU session identifier according to the second EBI and the first preset value.
  • the first core network device may generate a third PDU session identifier according to the second EBI and the first preset value, that is, the first core network device may convert the second EBI identifying the second session into a third PDU session identifier, and pass the third The PDU session identifier is used to identify the second session.
  • the first preset value depends on the PDU session generation rule defined in the protocol.
  • the method 700 further includes: S740, the first core network device determines that the first PDU session identifier is a repeated identifier of the terminal device.
  • the first core network device determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device includes: the first core network device determining that the third PDU session identifier is the same as the first PDU session identifier.
  • the first core network device generates the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value, if the first core network device determines the first PDU session identifier and the previously generated third PDU session identifier by comparing If they are the same, it is determined that the first PDU session identifier is a repeated identifier of the terminal device.
  • the first core network device receives a third request message, where the third request message is used to request the second session of the terminal device to switch from the first access technology to the second access technology.
  • the first core network device will send a release message to the second core network device, where the release message is used to release the second EBI identifying the second session.
  • the second core network device After receiving the release message, the second core network device will release the second EBI, so that when the EBI is allocated for the first session, the allocated first EBI may be the same as the second EBI.
  • the first preset value is determined according to the first access technology
  • the second preset value is determined according to the first preset value
  • the second preset value is different from the first preset value
  • the first core network device may use a second preset value different from the first preset value to generate the second PDU session identifier.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the terminal device needs to initiate the first session through the 3GPP access technology.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the second core network device is an MME.
  • the MME in the 3GPP access network will allocate the first EBI for the established first session, and the MME will send the first request message to the first core network device.
  • the MME may first send it to the SGW, and then the SGW sends it to the first core network device.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the first preset value is 64.
  • the first core network device generates the first PDU session identifier according to the first access technology, that is, the generation rule of the PDU session identifier in the 3GPP access technology. It is stipulated in the protocol TS 29.571 that for the access network using 3GPP technology, the SMF/PGW-C network element adds 64 to the default bearer identifier assigned by the MME, that is, the first preset value is 64.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the first preset value is 64.
  • the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the terminal device needs to initiate the first session through the N3GPP access technology.
  • the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the second core network device is an MME
  • the ePDG in the N3GPP access network will allocate the first EBI for the established first session, and the ePDG will send the first request message to the first core network device.
  • the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the first preset value is 80.
  • the first core network device generates the first PDU session identifier according to the first access technology, that is, the generation rule of the PDU session identifier in the N3GPP access technology. It is stipulated in the protocol TS 29.571 that for the access network using N3GPP technology, the SMF/PGW-C network element adds 80 to the default bearer identifier assigned by ePDG, that is, the first default value is 80.
  • the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology
  • the second preset value is any one of 96, 128, 160, 192, and 224.
  • the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology
  • the second preset value is any one of 112, 144, 176, 208, and 240.
  • the first core network device may enable a new segment to generate the PDU session, specifically, use a second preset value different from the first preset value. set value.
  • the second preset value may be any one of 96, 128, 160, 192, and 224.
  • the second preset value is any one of 112, 144, 176, 208, and 240.
  • the value of the second preset value can also be in the following manner: in the N3GPP access technology, it is any one of 96, 128, 160, 192, and 224, and in the 3GPP access technology, it is 112, 144, 176 , 208, 240 any one.
  • the second preset value may be any value from 96 to 255.
  • the method 700 further includes: S740, the third core network device stores the mapping relationship between the terminal device identifier and the second PDU session identifier.
  • the policy control network element and/or the charging function network element may save the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the second PDU session identifier, so as to manage the first session of the terminal device through the second PDU session identifier.
  • the identifier of the terminal device may be an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI), which is used to identify different terminal devices.
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identity
  • the terminal device does not have the interoperability between 4G and 5G.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that, in the method 800 in FIG. 8 , the first access technology in the method 700 is the 3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is the N3GPP access technology as an example for description.
  • the core network device initiates the session #2 creation process through the 3GPP technology.
  • the MME sends a session #2 creation request to the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW (create session request) message #1, including EBI #2 for identifying session #2 in message #1.
  • EBI#2 is 5.
  • the message #1 may include an HI flag bit, for example, the value of this field is 0, indicating that the session #2 of the terminal device is an initially established session.
  • session #2 is a voice service
  • the SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session ID #3 according to the EBI #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a create request (create request) message #2 to the CHF, and the message #2 includes the identifier #3.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #2 to CHF through N40 interface.
  • the CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #3.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the CHF stores the mapping relationship #1 between IMSI#1 and identifier #3.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #3 to the PCF, and the message #3 includes the identifier #3.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #3 to PCF through N7 interface.
  • the PCF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #3.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the PCF stores the mapping relationship #2 between IMSI#1 and identifier #3.
  • the 3GPP technical access network is switched to the N3GPP technical access network, and the session #2 will be switched to the N3GPP technical access network.
  • the ePDG will send the session to the SMF/PGW-C Creation request message #4 of #2, message #4 includes EBI #3 reallocated by the ePDG. Since EBI#3 and EBI#3 are allocated by different network elements, it may happen that the allocated EBI values are the same. For example, the value of EBI#3 is 5.
  • Message #4 may also include an HI flag bit, for example, if this field takes a value of 1, it indicates that session #2 of the terminal device is a handover session. Or it can also be understood as indicating that the session #2 of the terminal device is switched from the 3GPP access technology to the N3GPP access technology.
  • the SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session ID #4 according to the EBI #3.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #1 to the CHF.
  • the existing protocol does not specify how the session identifier in the N40 interface should be updated in the handover scenario. That is, although the identifier #4 is generated in S808, according to the existing protocol flow, the update request message #1 will not include the identifier #4, and the update request message #1 will not include the identifier #4. The identity included in message #1 is still identity #3.
  • the SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #1 to the CHF through the N40 interface.
  • the CHF saves the identifier #3 according to the update request message #1.
  • the session #2 of the terminal device is switched to the N3GPP access technology, and the SMF/PGW-C generates the identifier #4, after S807 to S810, on the CHF, the PDU session identifier used to identify the session #2 is still the identifier #3.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #2 to the PCF.
  • the update request message sent to the PCF does not support carrying the PDU session identifier, that is, although the identifier #2 is generated in S808, according to the existing protocol flow, the update request message #2 will not include the identifier #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #2 to the PCF through the N7 interface.
  • update request message #2 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Update Requestet().
  • the session #2 of the terminal device is switched to the N3GPP access technology, and the SMF/PGW-C generates the identifier #4, after S807 to S812, on the PCF, the PDU session identifier used to identify the session #2 is still the identifier #3.
  • the sending order of the update request message #1 and the update request message #2 is not limited, that is, the sequence of S809 and S811 is not limited.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a release message to the MME through the SGW, for example, a delete bearer request (delete bearer request) message, carrying the identifier of the session where the handover occurs, that is, EBI#2.
  • a delete bearer request delete bearer request
  • the MME After receiving the release message, the MME will release the EBI#2 identifying the session #2.
  • the core network device initiates the creation process of the session #1 through the 3GPP technology.
  • the MME sends a creation request message #5 of the session #1 to the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW.
  • the message #5 may include the EBI #1 allocated by the MME for the session #1. Since the EBI #2 generated by the MME for the session #2 has been released in S813, the EBI #1 allocated by the MME for the session #1 may It will be the same as the EBI#2 assigned to session #2 before, for example, the value of EBI#1 is 5.
  • session #1 is a multimedia message service
  • S815, SMF/PGW-C generates PDU session identifier #1 according to EBI #1.
  • the SMF/PGW-C determines that the identity #1 is the same as the identity #3 generated in S802, that is, it is determined that the identity #1 is a repeated identity of the terminal device, and then the SMF/PGW-C generates session #1 according to the second preset value PDU session identifier #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a create request (create request) message #6 to the CHF, and the message #6 includes the identifier #2.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #6 to CHF through N40 interface.
  • the CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #2.
  • the identity of the terminal device is IMSI#1
  • the CHF stores the mapping relationship #3 between IMSI#1 and identity #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #7 to the PCF, and the message #7 includes the identifier #2.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #7 to PCF through N7 interface.
  • the PCF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #2.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the PCF stores the mapping relationship #4 between IMSI#1 and identifier #2.
  • the PDU session identifier identifying session #2 is still identifier #3, but the PDU session identifier identifying session #1 is generated as identifier #2 in S815 to S816, and there will be no repetition. That is to say, in the method of the present application, by carrying the second PDU session identifier different from the first PDU session identifier in the creation message, it is avoided that the network element with the policy control function and/or the network element with the charging function receives the connection with the first session.
  • the PDU session identifier repeats the session identifier, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that, in the method 900 in FIG. 9 , the first access technology in the method 700 is an N3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology as an example for description.
  • the core network device initiates the session #2 creation process through the N3GPP technology.
  • the ePDG sends a session #2 creation request message to the SMF/PGW-C# 1.
  • Message #1 includes EBI #2 for identifying session #2. For example, the value of EBI#2 is 6.
  • the message #1 may include an HI flag bit, for example, the value of this field is 0, indicating that the session #2 of the terminal device is an initially established session.
  • session #2 is a voice service
  • the SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session ID #3 according to the EBI #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a create request (create request) message #2 to the CHF, and the message #2 includes the identifier #3.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #2 to CHF through N40 interface.
  • the CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #3.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the CHF stores the mapping relationship #1 between IMSI#1 and identifier #3.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #3 to the PCF, and the message #3 includes the identifier #3.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #3 to PCF through N7 interface.
  • the PCF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #3.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the PCF stores the mapping relationship #2 between IMSI#1 and identifier #3.
  • the N3GPP technical access network is switched to the 3GPP technical access network, and the session #2 will be switched to the N3GPP technical access network.
  • the MME will communicate with the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW Send the creation request message #4 of the session #2, and the message #4 includes the EBI #3 reallocated by the MME. Since EBI#3 and EBI#3 are allocated by different network elements, it may happen that the allocated EBI values are the same. For example, the value of EBI#3 is 6.
  • Message #4 may also include an HI flag bit, for example, if this field takes a value of 1, it indicates that session #2 of the terminal device is a handover session. Or it can also be understood as indicating that the session #2 of the terminal device is switched from the 3GPP access technology to the N3GPP access technology.
  • the SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session ID #4 according to the EBI #3.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #1 to the CHF.
  • the existing protocol does not specify how the session identifier in the N40 interface should be updated in the handover scenario. That is, although the identifier #4 is generated in S908, according to the existing protocol flow, the update request message #1 will not include the identifier #4. The identity included in message #1 is still identity #3.
  • the SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #1 to the CHF through the N40 interface.
  • the CHF saves the identifier #3 according to the update request message #1.
  • the session #2 of the terminal device is switched to the 3GPP access technology, and the SMF/PGW-C generates the identifier #4, after S907 to S910, on the CHF, the PDU session identifier used to identify the session #2 is still the identifier #3.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #2 to the PCF.
  • the update request message sent to the PCF does not support carrying the PDU session identifier, that is, although the identifier #2 is generated in S908, according to the existing protocol flow, the update request message #2 will not include the identifier #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #2 to the PCF through the N7 interface.
  • update request message #2 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Update Requestet().
  • the session #2 of the terminal device is switched to the N3GPP access technology, and the SMF/PGW-C generates the identifier #4, after S907 to S912, on the PCF, the PDU session identifier used to identify the session #2 is still the identifier #3.
  • the sending order of the update request message #1 and the update request message #2 is not limited, that is, the sequence of S909 and S911 is not limited.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a release message to the ePDG, for example, a delete bearer request (delete bearer request) message, carrying the identifier of the session where the handover occurs, that is, EBI#2.
  • a delete bearer request delete bearer request
  • the MME After receiving the release message, the MME will release the EBI#2 identifying the session #2.
  • the message #5 may include the EBI #1 allocated by the ePDG for the session #1. Since the EBI #2 generated by the ePDG for the session #2 has been released in S913, the EBI #1 allocated by the ePDG for the session #1 may It will be the same as the EBI#2 assigned to session #2 before, for example, the value of EBI#1 is 6.
  • session #1 is a multimedia message service
  • the SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session identifier #1 according to the EBI #1.
  • the SMF/PGW-C determines that the identity #1 is the same as the identity #3 generated in S902, that is, it is determined that the identity #1 is a repeated identity of the terminal device, and then the SMF/PGW-C generates session #1 according to the second preset value PDU session identifier #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a create request (create request) message #6 to the CHF, and the message #6 includes the identifier #2.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #6 to CHF through N40 interface.
  • the CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #2.
  • the identity of the terminal device is IMSI#1
  • the CHF stores the mapping relationship #3 between IMSI#1 and identity #2.
  • the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #7 to the PCF, and the message #7 includes the identifier #2.
  • SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #7 to PCF through N7 interface.
  • the PCF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #2.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the PCF stores the mapping relationship #4 between IMSI#1 and identifier #2.
  • the PDU session identifier identifying session #2 is still identifier #3, but the PDU session identifier identifying session #1 is generated as identifier #2 in S915 to S916, and there will be no repetition. That is to say, in the method of the present application, by carrying the second PDU session identifier different from the first PDU session identifier in the creation message, it is avoided that the network element with the policy control function and/or the network element with the charging function receives the connection with the first session.
  • the PDU session identifier repeats the session identifier, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 may include a transceiver unit 1010 and/or a processing unit 1020 .
  • the transceiving unit 1010 may include a sending unit and/or a receiving unit.
  • the transceiving unit 1010 may be a transceiver (including a transmitter and/or receiver), an input/output interface (including an input and/or output interface), a pin or a circuit, and the like.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may be configured to perform the sending and/or receiving steps in the above method embodiments.
  • the processing unit 1020 may be a processor (may include more than one), a processing circuit with a processor function, etc., and may be used to execute other steps in the above method embodiments except sending and receiving.
  • the communication device may further include a storage unit, which may be a memory, an internal storage unit (for example, a register, a cache, etc.), an external storage unit (for example, a read-only memory, a random access memory, etc.), etc. .
  • the storage unit is used to store instructions, and the processing unit 1020 executes the instructions stored in the storage unit, so that the communication device executes the above method.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the first core network device in the above method 400, method 500, and method 600, and may execute the method 400, method 500, and method 600 by the first core network device, SMF/ Operations performed by PGW-C.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to receive a first request message, the first request message is used to request the first session of the terminal device to switch from the first access technology to the second access technology, and the first request message includes the first The first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the session.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may also be configured to: send an update message to the third core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
  • transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the first core network device and the SMF/PGW-C in any of the methods 400, 500, and 600 above, which will not be described here one by one. detail.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the third core network device in the above method 400, method 500, and method 600, and may execute the method 400, method 500, and method 600 by the third core network device, PCF or Actions performed by CHF.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to receive an update message from a first core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to a first EBI, and the first EBI is used to identify a terminal The first session of the device.
  • the processing unit 1020 is configured to save the mapping relationship between the terminal device identifier and the first PDU session identifier.
  • transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the third core network device, the PCF or the CHF in the foregoing method 400, method 500, and method 600, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the second core network device in the above method 400, method 500, and method 600, and may execute the method 400, method 500, and method 600 by the second core network device, MME or Operations performed by the ePDG.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to send a first request message to the first core network device, where the first request message is used to request the first session of the terminal device to switch from the first access technology to the second access technology, the first The request message includes the first EPS bearer identifier EBI of the first session.
  • transceiving unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the second core network device, MME or ePDG in the foregoing method 400, method 500, and method 600, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the first core network device in the above method 700, method 800, and method 900, and may execute the method 700, method 800, and method 900 by the first core network device, SMF/ Operations performed by PGW-C.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to receive a first request message, the first request message is used to request to create a first session of the terminal device through the first access technology, and the first request message includes the first evolution of the first session
  • the packet system bearer identity EBI The transceiver unit 1010 may also be configured to: when determining that the first PDU session identifier is a repeated identifier of the terminal device, send a creation message to the third core network device, where the creation message includes the second PDU session identifier, the second PDU session identifier and the second PDU session identifier.
  • the PDU session identifiers are different, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
  • transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the first core network device and the SMF/PGW-C in any of the methods 700, 800, and 900 above, which will not be described here one by one. detail.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the third core network device in the above method 700, method 800, and method 900, and may execute the method 700, method 800, and method 900 by the third core network device, PCF or Actions performed by CHF.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to receive a creation message from the first core network device, the creation message includes a second PDU session identifier, the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is based on The first EBI and the first preset value are generated, where the first EBI is used to identify the first session of the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1020 is configured to save the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the second PDU session.
  • transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the third core network device, PCF or CHF in the foregoing method 700, method 800, and method 900, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the second core network device in the above method 700, method 800, and method 900, and may execute the method 700, method 800, and method 900 by the second core network device, MME or Operations performed by the ePDG.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to send a first request message to the first core network device, the first request message is used to request to create a first session of the terminal device through the first access technology, and the first request message includes the first The first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the session.
  • transceiving unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the second core network device, MME or ePDG in the foregoing method 700, method 800, and method 900, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit 1010 may include a receiving unit 1011 and a sending unit 1012, wherein the receiving unit 1011 is used to perform the receiving function in the above-mentioned transceiver unit 1010, and the sending unit 1012 is used to perform the receiving function in the above-mentioned transceiver unit 1010. send function.
  • Fig. 11 is a structural block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 11 includes: a processor 1110 , a memory 1120 and a transceiver 1130 .
  • the processor 1110 is coupled with the memory 1120 for executing instructions stored in the memory 1120 to control the transceiver 1130 to send signals and/or receive signals.
  • processor 1110 and memory 1120 may be combined into one processing device, and the processor 1110 is configured to execute program codes stored in the memory 1120 to implement the foregoing functions.
  • the memory 1120 may also be integrated in the processor 1110 , or be independent of the processor 1110 .
  • the processor 1110 may also correspond to each processing unit in the foregoing communication device, and the transceiver 1130 may correspond to each receiving unit and sending unit in the foregoing communication device.
  • the transceiver 1130 may include a receiver (or called a receiver) and a transmitter (or called a transmitter).
  • the transceiver may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • a transceiver may also be a communication interface or interface circuit.
  • the communication device 1100 may correspond to the first core network device in the method 400, the method 500, and the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, the third core network device in the method 400, the method 500, and the method 600, and the method 400 , the second core network device in method 500, method 600, the first core network device in method 700, method 800, method 900, the third core network device in method 700, method 800, method 900, or, method 700 , the second core network device in the method 800, and the method 900.
  • the communication apparatus 1100 may include the unit of the method performed by the first core network device in the method 400, the method 500, and the method 600, the unit of the method performed by the third core network device in the method 400, the method 500, and the method 600, and the method 400 , the unit of the method performed by the second core network device in the method 500 and the method 600, the unit of the method performed by the first core network device in the method 700, the method 800 and the method 900, and the unit in the method 700, the method 800 and the method 900
  • the unit of the method performed by the third core network device, or the unit of the method performed by the second core network device in method 700 , method 800 , or method 900 It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to perform the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the chip When the communication device 1100 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface
  • the processing unit may be a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, no detailed description is given here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components .
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the computer program described in Fig. 4 to Fig. 9 .
  • the method of any one of the embodiments is illustrated.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium, the computer-readable medium stores program codes, and when the program codes are run on a computer, the computer is made to perform the operations shown in Fig. 4 to Fig. 9 .
  • the method of any one of the embodiments is illustrated.
  • the present application also provides a system, which includes the first core network device, the second core network device and/or the third core network device in any one of the embodiments shown in Fig. 4 to Fig. 6
  • the core network device alternatively, includes the first core network device, the second core network device, and/or the third core network device in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 7 to FIG. 9 .
  • the network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • references to "one embodiment” or “some embodiments” or the like in this specification means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in one or more embodiments of the present application.
  • appearances of the phrases “in one embodiment,” “in some embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” etc. in various places in this specification are not necessarily All refer to the same embodiment, but mean “one or more but not all embodiments” unless specifically stated otherwise.
  • the terms “including”, “comprising”, “having” and variations thereof mean “including but not limited to”, unless specifically stated otherwise.
  • At least one means one or more
  • multiple means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate: including the existence of A alone, the existence of A and B at the same time, and the existence of B alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory and/or a nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM can be used as an external cache.
  • RAM may include the following forms: static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM) , double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and Direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • Direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
  • the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to implement the solutions provided in this application.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wired (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD) etc.
  • the aforementioned available medium may include But not limited to: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and a communication apparatus. The method comprises: a first core network device receives a first request message, the first request message being used for requesting a first session of a terminal device to be switched from first access technology to second access technology, and the first request message comprising a first EBI of the first session; the first core network device sends an update message to a PCF and/or a CHF, the update message comprising a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier being generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value. According to the present application, the first PDU session identifier is carried in the update message, so that the PCF and/or the CHF can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in a timely manner, avoiding repetition of the session identifier of the terminal device, such that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed simultaneously, thereby improving user experience.

Description

一种通信的方法和通信装置A communication method and communication device
本申请要求申请日为2021年8月6日、申请号为202110903825.4、申请名称为“一种通信的方法和通信装置”的中国发明专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese invention patent application with an application date of August 6, 2021, an application number of 202110903825.4, and an application name of "A Communication Method and Communication Device", the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference .
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种通信的方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
随着第5代(5th Generation,5G)网络的正式商用,5G网络将会出现在我们的日常生活中。但是在5G网络商用的初期阶段,受限于技术的成熟度和终端设备的支持程度,5G网络还不能大面积的覆盖,5G网络和第4代(4th Generation,4G)网络还会共存很长一段时间。一种典型的场景时,将系统中的核心网设备改造为5G核心网(5G corenet,5GC),并使用4G系统中的接入网设备,在这种组网情况下,会存在5G网络与4G网络之间的互操作。With the official commercialization of the 5th Generation (5th Generation, 5G) network, 5G network will appear in our daily life. However, in the initial stage of 5G network commercialization, limited by the maturity of technology and the support of terminal equipment, 5G network cannot cover a large area, and 5G network and 4th generation (4th Generation, 4G) network will coexist for a long time. a period of time. In a typical scenario, the core network equipment in the system is transformed into a 5G core network (5G corenet, 5GC), and the access network equipment in the 4G system is used. In this networking situation, there will be 5G network and Interoperability between 4G networks.
当终端设备需要创建会话时,如果终端设备具备4G和5G互操作能力,协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话(PDU session)标识由终端设备来分配,并携带给网络侧。如果终端设备不具备4G和5G互操作能力,根据协议的规定,PDU会话标识由5G网络与4G网络的合设网元会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)/分组数据网络网关-控制面(packet data network gateway control,PGW-C)网元根据移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)或者演进的分组数据网关(evolved packet data gateway,ePDG)分配的演进分组系统(evolved packet system,EPS)承载标识(EPS bearer identity,EBI)负责生成。When a terminal device needs to create a session, if the terminal device has 4G and 5G interoperability, the protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session (PDU session) identifier is allocated by the terminal device and carried to the network side. If the terminal device does not have the interoperability between 4G and 5G, according to the provisions of the agreement, the PDU session identifier is determined by the session management function (session management function, SMF)/packet data network gateway-control plane ( The packet data network gateway control (PGW-C) network element is based on the evolved packet system (EPS) bearer allocated by the mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) or the evolved packet data gateway (ePDG). The logo (EPS bearer identity, EBI) is responsible for generation.
对于不具备4G和5G互操作能力的终端设备,如果其在第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)接入网和非第三代合作伙伴计划(non-3rd generation partnership project,N3GPP)接入网之间发生切换,其创建的第一会话也会发生切换。然而现有协议中,合设的SMF/PGW-C网元并不会将第一会话对应的PDU会话标识更新至策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元和/或计费功能(charging function,CHF)网元。如此以来,当终端设备创建第二会话时,在PCF网元和/或CHF网元上针对同一终端设备可能会出现两个相同PDU会话标识,这种情况可能会被认为是同一个业务重复激活的场景,使得两个会话对应的业务无法同时进行,影响用户体验。For terminal equipment that does not have 4G and 5G interoperability, if it is in the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) access network and non-3rd generation partnership project (non-3rd generation partnership project, N3GPP) ) switching between access networks, the first session created by it will also switch. However, in the existing protocol, the co-located SMF/PGW-C network element does not update the PDU session identifier corresponding to the first session to the policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element and/or charging function (charging function, CHF) network element. In this way, when a terminal device creates a second session, two identical PDU session identifiers may appear for the same terminal device on the PCF network element and/or CHF network element, which may be considered as the repeated activation of the same service In this scenario, the services corresponding to the two sessions cannot be performed at the same time, affecting user experience.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信的方法和通信装置,使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。The present application provides a communication method and a communication device, so that multiple services of a terminal device can be performed simultaneously, thereby improving user experience.
第一方面,提供了一种通信的方法,该方法由第一核心网设备执行,也可以由第一核心网设备包括的模块或单元执行。该方法包括:接收来自于第二核心网设备的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于请求终端设备的第一会话从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术,所述第一请求消息包括所述第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI;向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元发送更新消息,所述更新消息包括第一PDU会话标识,所述第一PDU会话标识根据所述第一EBI和第一预设值生成。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method is executed by a first core network device, and may also be executed by a module or unit included in the first core network device. The method includes: receiving a first request message from a second core network device, where the first request message is used to request the first session of the terminal device to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the first request message A request message includes the first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the first session; an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element, the update message includes the first PDU session identifier, the The first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
根据本申请的方案,当终端设备的第一会话需要从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送更新消息,该更新消息中携带了根据第一EBI生成的第一PDU会话标识。换言之,本申请通过在更新消息中携带第一PDU会话标识,使得策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元能够及时更新第一会话的PDU会话标识,避免和之后建立的会话的会话标识重复,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。According to the solution of this application, when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI. In other words, this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:根据所述第一EBI和所述第一预设值生成所述第一PDU会话标识。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: generating the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值根据所述第二接入技术确定。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first preset value is determined according to the second access technology.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一接入技术为第三代合作伙伴计划3GPP接入技术,所述第二接入技术为非第三代合作伙伴计划N3GPP接入技术。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first access technology is a 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a non-3rd Generation Partnership Project N3GPP access technology.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二核心网设备为演进的分组数据网关ePDG。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the second core network device is an evolved packet data gateway ePDG.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值为80。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first preset value is 80.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,所述第二接入技术为3GPP接入技术。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二核心网设备为移动管理实体MME。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the second core network device is a mobility management entity (MME).
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值为64。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first preset value is 64.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一核心网设备为会话管理功能SMF/分组数据网络网关-控制面PGW-C网元。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first core network device is a session management function SMF/packet data network gateway-control plane PGW-C network element.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一EBI用于标识所述第一会话。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first EBI is used to identify the first session.
第二方面,提供了一种通信的方法,该方法由策略控制功能网元执行,也可以由策略控制功能网元包括的模块或单元执行。该方法包括:接收来自于第一核心网设备的更新消息,所述更新消息包括第一PDU会话标识,所述第一PDU会话标识根据第一EBI生成,所述第一EBI用于标识终端设备的第一会话;保存所述终端设备的标识和所述第一PDU会话标识的映射关系。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided. The method is executed by a network element with a policy control function, and may also be executed by a module or unit included in the network element with a policy control function. The method includes: receiving an update message from a first core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to a first EBI, and the first EBI is used to identify a terminal device The first session of the first PDU; saving the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the first PDU session.
根据本申请的方案,当终端设备的第一会话需要从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送更新消息,该更新消息中携带了根据第一EBI生成的第一PDU会话标识。换言之,本申请通过在更新消息中携带第一PDU会话 标识,使得策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元能够及时更新第一会话的PDU会话标识,避免和之后建立的会话的会话标识重复,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。According to the solution of this application, when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI. In other words, this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
第三方面,提供了一种通信的方法,该方法由计费功能网元执行,也可以由计费功能网元包括的模块或单元执行。该方法包括:接收来自于第一核心网设备的更新消息,所述更新消息包括第一PDU会话标识,所述第一PDU会话标识根据第一EBI生成,所述第一EBI用于标识终端设备的第一会话;保存所述终端设备的标识和所述第一PDU会话标识的映射关系。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method is executed by a network element with a charging function, and may also be executed by a module or unit included in the network element with a charging function. The method includes: receiving an update message from a first core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to a first EBI, and the first EBI is used to identify a terminal device The first session of the first PDU; saving the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier of the first PDU session.
根据本申请的方案,当终端设备的第一会话需要从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送更新消息,该更新消息中携带了根据第一EBI生成的第一PDU会话标识。换言之,本申请通过在更新消息中携带第一PDU会话标识,使得策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元能够及时更新第一会话的PDU会话标识,避免和之后建立的会话的会话标识重复,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。According to the solution of this application, when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI. In other words, this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
第四方面,提供了一种通信的方法,该方法由第一核心网设备执行,也可以由第一核心网设备包括的模块或单元执行。该方法包括:接收来自于第二核心网设备的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于请求通过第一接入技术创建终端设备的第一会话,所述第一请求消息包括所述第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI;在确定第一PDU会话标识为所述终端设备的重复标识时,向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元发送创建消息,所述创建消息包括第二PDU会话标识,所述第二PDU会话标识和所述第一PDU会话标识不同,所述第一PDU会话标识根据所述第一EBI和第一预设值生成。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method is executed by a first core network device, and may also be executed by a module or unit included in the first core network device. The method includes: receiving a first request message from a second core network device, the first request message is used to request to create a first session of the terminal device through a first access technology, the first request message includes the The first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the first session; when it is determined that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device, send a creation message to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element, the The creation message includes a second PDU session identifier, the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
根据本申请的方案,当终端设备需要通过第一接入技术创建第一会话时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送创建消息,该创建消息中携带了第二PDU会话标识,且第二PDU会话标识和第一PDU会话标识不同,其中,第一PDU会话标识根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成。换言之,本申请通过在创建消息中携带与第一PDU会话标识不同的第二PDU会话标识,避免策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元收到与第一会话的PDU会话标识重复的会话标识,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。According to the solution of this application, when the terminal device needs to establish the first session through the first access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will send the first request message to the The network element with the policy control function and/or the network element with the charging function sends a creation message respectively, and the creation message carries a second PDU session identifier, and the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, wherein the first PDU session The identifier is generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value. In other words, the present application carries the second PDU session identifier different from the first PDU session identifier in the creation message, so as to prevent the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element from receiving the same PDU session identifier as the first session. Session identification, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:根据所述第一EBI和所述第一预设值生成所述第一PDU会话标识;根据所述第一EBI和第二预设值生成所述第二PDU会话标识,所述第二预设值和所述第一预设值不同。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: generating the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value; The EBI and a second preset value generate the second PDU session identifier, and the second preset value is different from the first preset value.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:确定所述第一PDU会话标识为所述终端设备的重复标识。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,在接收第一请求消息之前,所述方法还包括:接收第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息用于请求通过所述第一接入技术创建第二会话,所述第二请求消息包括所述第二会话的第二EBI;根据所述第二EBI和第一预设值生成第三PDU会话标识。所述确定第一PDU会话标识为所述终端设备的重复标识,包括:确定所述第三PDU会话标识和所述第一PDU会话标识相同。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, before receiving the first request message, the method further includes: receiving a second request message, where the second request message is used to request to pass the first request message The access technology creates a second session, the second request message includes a second EBI of the second session; and a third PDU session identifier is generated according to the second EBI and a first preset value. The determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device includes: determining that the third PDU session identifier is the same as the first PDU session identifier.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值根据所述第一接入技术确定,所述第二预设值根据所述第一预设值确定,所述第二预设值和所述第一预设值不同。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the first preset value is determined according to the first access technology, the second preset value is determined according to the first preset value, The second preset value is different from the first preset value.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二核心网设备为移动管理实体MME。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the second core network device is a mobility management entity (MME).
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值为64。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the first preset value is 64.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二核心网设备为演进的分组数据网关ePDG。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the second core network device is an evolved packet data gateway ePDG.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值为80。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the first preset value is 80.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一核心网设备为会话管理功能SMF/分组数据网络网关-控制面PGW-C网元。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the first core network device is a session management function SMF/packet data network gateway-control plane PGW-C network element.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一EBI用于标识所述第一会话,所述第二EBI用于标识所述第二会话。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the first EBI is used to identify the first session, and the second EBI is used to identify the second session.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以为第一核心网设备。该装置包括:收发单元,用于接收来自于第二核心网设备的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于请求终端设备的第一会话从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术,所述第一请求消息包括所述第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI;所述收发单元还用于:向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元发送更新消息,所述更新消息包括第一PDU会话标识,所述第一PDU会话标识根据所述第一EBI和第一预设值生成。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the device may be a first core network device. The apparatus includes: a transceiving unit, configured to receive a first request message from a second core network device, and the first request message is used to request the first session of the terminal device to switch from the first access technology to the second access technology technology, the first request message includes the first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the first session; the transceiver unit is further configured to: send an update message to a policy control function network element and/or a charging function network element, The update message includes a first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
根据本申请的方案,当终端设备的第一会话需要从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送更新消息,该更新消息中携带了根据第一EBI生成的第一PDU会话标识。换言之,本申请通过在更新消息中携带第一PDU会话标识,使得策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元能够及时更新第一会话的PDU会话标识,避免和之后建立的会话的会话标识重复,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。According to the solution of this application, when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI. In other words, this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该装置还包括:处理单元,用于根据所述第一EBI和所述第一预设值生成所述第一PDU会话标识。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the apparatus further includes: a processing unit configured to generate the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值根据所述第二接入技术确定。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the first preset value is determined according to the second access technology.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一接入技术为第三代合作伙伴计划3GPP接入技术,所述第二接入技术为非第三代合作伙伴计划N3GPP接入技术。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first access technology is a 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a non-3rd Generation Partnership Project N3GPP access technology.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二核心网设备为演进的分组数据网关ePDG。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the second core network device is an evolved packet data gateway ePDG.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值为80。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the first preset value is 80.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技 术,所述第二接入技术为3GPP接入技术。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二核心网设备为移动管理实体MME。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the second core network device is a mobility management entity (MME).
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值为64。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the first preset value is 64.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一核心网设备为会话管理功能SMF/分组数据网络网关-控制面PGW-C网元。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the first core network device is a session management function SMF/packet data network gateway-control plane PGW-C network element.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以为策略控制功能网元。该装置包括:收发单元,用于接收来自于第一核心网设备的更新消息,所述更新消息包括第一PDU会话标识,所述第一PDU会话标识根据第一EBI生成,所述第一EBI用于标识终端设备的第一会话;处理单元,用于保存所述终端设备的标识和所述第一PDU会话标识的映射关系。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the device may be a network element with a policy control function. The device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive an update message from a first core network device, the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to a first EBI, and the first EBI A first session for identifying a terminal device; a processing unit configured to save a mapping relationship between the terminal device identifier and the first PDU session identifier.
根据本申请的方案,当终端设备的第一会话需要从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送更新消息,该更新消息中携带了根据第一EBI生成的第一PDU会话标识。换言之,本申请通过在更新消息中携带第一PDU会话标识,使得策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元能够及时更新第一会话的PDU会话标识,避免和之后建立的会话的会话标识重复,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。According to the solution of this application, when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI. In other words, this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以为计费功能网元执行。该装置包括:收发单元,用于接收来自于第一核心网设备的更新消息,所述更新消息包括第一PDU会话标识,所述第一PDU会话标识根据第一EBI生成,所述第一EBI用于标识终端设备的第一会话;处理单元,用于保存所述终端设备的标识和所述第一PDU会话标识的映射关系。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, and the device can be executed by a charging function network element. The device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive an update message from a first core network device, the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to a first EBI, and the first EBI A first session for identifying a terminal device; a processing unit configured to save a mapping relationship between the terminal device identifier and the first PDU session identifier.
根据本申请的方案,当终端设备的第一会话需要从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送更新消息,该更新消息中携带了根据第一EBI生成的第一PDU会话标识。换言之,本申请通过在更新消息中携带第一PDU会话标识,使得策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元能够及时更新第一会话的PDU会话标识,避免和之后建立的会话的会话标识重复,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。According to the solution of this application, when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will After a request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI. In other words, this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以为第一核心网设备。该装置包括:收发单元,用于接收来自于第二核心网设备的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于请求通过第一接入技术创建终端设备的第一会话,所述第一请求消息包括所述第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI;所述收发单元还用于:在确定第一PDU会话标识为所述终端设备的重复标识时,向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元发送创建消息,所述创建消息包括第二PDU会话标识,所述第二PDU会话标识和所述第一PDU会话标识不同,所述第一PDU会话标识根据所述第一EBI和第一预设值生成。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the device may be a first core network device. The apparatus includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a first request message from a second core network device, where the first request message is used to request to create a first session of a terminal device through a first access technology, and the first The request message includes the first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the first session; the transceiver unit is further configured to: when determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device, send the policy control function network element and /or the charging function network element sends a creation message, the creation message includes a second PDU session identifier, the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is based on the first PDU session identifier An EBI and a first default value are generated.
根据本申请的方案,当终端设备需要通过第一接入技术创建第一会话时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送创建消息,该创建消息中携带了第二PDU会话标识,且第二PDU会话标识和第一PDU会话标识不同,其中,第一PDU会话标识根据第一EBI 和第一预设值生成。换言之,本申请通过在创建消息中携带与第一PDU会话标识不同的第二PDU会话标识,避免策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元收到与第一会话的PDU会话标识重复的会话标识,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。According to the solution of this application, when the terminal device needs to establish the first session through the first access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will send the first request message to the The network element with the policy control function and/or the network element with the charging function sends a creation message respectively, and the creation message carries a second PDU session identifier, and the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, wherein the first PDU session The identifier is generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value. In other words, the present application carries the second PDU session identifier different from the first PDU session identifier in the creation message, so as to prevent the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element from receiving the same PDU session identifier as the first session. Session identification, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该装置还包括:处理单元,用于根据所述第一EBI和所述第一预设值生成所述第一PDU会话标识;根据所述第一EBI和第二预设值生成所述第二PDU会话标识,所述第二预设值和所述第一预设值不同。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the apparatus further includes: a processing unit configured to generate the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value; The first EBI and a second preset value generate the second PDU session identifier, and the second preset value is different from the first preset value.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述处理单元还用于:确定所述第一PDU会话标识为所述终端设备的重复标识。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: determine that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于:接收第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息用于请求通过所述第一接入技术创建第二会话,所述第二请求消息包括所述第二会话的第二EBI;所述处理单元还用于:根据所述第二EBI和第一预设值生成第三PDU会话标识。所述处理单元具体用于:确定所述第三PDU会话标识和所述第一PDU会话标识相同。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive a second request message, where the second request message is used to request to create a second session, the second request message includes a second EBI of the second session; the processing unit is further configured to: generate a third PDU session identifier according to the second EBI and a first preset value. The processing unit is specifically configured to: determine that the third PDU session identifier is the same as the first PDU session identifier.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值根据所述第一接入技术确定,所述第二预设值根据所述第一预设值确定,所述第二预设值和所述第一预设值不同。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the first preset value is determined according to the first access technology, the second preset value is determined according to the first preset value, The second preset value is different from the first preset value.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二核心网设备为移动管理实体MME。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the second core network device is a mobility management entity (MME).
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值为64。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the first preset value is 64.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二核心网设备为演进的分组数据网关ePDG。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the second core network device is an evolved packet data gateway ePDG.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一预设值为80。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the first preset value is 80.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一核心网设备为会话管理功能SMF/分组数据网络网关-控制面PGW-C网元。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the first core network device is a session management function SMF/packet data network gateway-control plane PGW-C network element.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合,该至少一个处理器用于执行该至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使得该通信装置执行上述第一方法至第四方面中任一方面或第一方法至第四方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute a computer program or an instruction stored in the at least one memory, so that The communication device executes any one of the above first method to the fourth aspect or a method in any possible implementation manner of the first method to the fourth aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述第一方法至第四方面中任一方面或第一方法至第四方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, where a computer program or an instruction is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, the computer is made to perform the first method to the first method above. A method in any one of the four aspects or any possible implementation of the first method to the fourth aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,该处理器用于执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令,以实现上述第一方法至第四方面中任一方面或第一方法至第四方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a chip system is provided, including: a processor configured to execute a computer program or an instruction in a memory, so as to implement any one of the above-mentioned first method to the fourth aspect or the first method to the first method A method in any possible implementation manner in the four aspects.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令被运行时,以使得上述第一方法至第四方面中任一方面或第一方法至第四方面中任 一种可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In a twelfth aspect, a computer program product is provided, including a computer program or an instruction. When the computer program or instruction is executed, any one of the above-mentioned first method to the fourth aspect or the first method to the fourth aspect A method in any one possible implementation of the aspect is performed.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括:第五方面或第五方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的单元;和/或,第六方面中的单元;和/或第七方面中的单元。A thirteenth aspect provides a communication system, including: the fifth aspect or the unit in any possible implementation of the fifth aspect; and/or, the unit in the sixth aspect; and/or the seventh aspect unit in .
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的应用场景的示意图。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario applicable to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请提供的5G和4G交互的网络架构示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for 5G and 4G interaction provided by this application.
图3是本申请提供的3GPP接入技术和N3GPP接入技术交互的网络架构示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for the interaction between the 3GPP access technology and the N3GPP access technology provided in the present application.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的又一示意性流程图。FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的又一示意性流程图。Fig. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的又一示意性流程图。FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的又一示意性流程图。FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的又一示意性流程图。FIG. 9 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图。Fig. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
图11是根据本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构框图。Fig. 11 is a structural block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统或未来通信系统,例如,第六代(6th generation,6G)通信系统,车到其它设备(vehicle-to-x,V2X),其中V2X可以包括车到互联网(vehicle-to-network,V2N)、车到车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)、车到基础设施(vehicle-to-infrastructure,V2I)、车到行人(vehicle-to-pedestrian,V2P)等、车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-vehicle,LTE-V)、车联网、机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IoT)、机器间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-machine,LTE-M),机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)等。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system or future communication system, for example, sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) communication system , vehicle-to-x (V2X), where V2X can include vehicle-to-network (V2N), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-infrastructure ( vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), etc., long term evolution-vehicle (LTE-V), vehicle networking, machine type communication (machine type communication) , MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), machine to machine (M2M), etc.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先对本申请涉及的术语进行解释。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, terms involved in the present application are explained first.
1、协议数据网络(protocol data network,PDN)连接(connection或connectivity)1. Protocol data network (protocol data network, PDN) connection (connection or connectivity)
PDN连接是指4G通信系统内,UE上建立的一组演进的分组系统(envolved packet system,EPS)承载(bearer)的组合,这些EPS承载具有相同的互联网协议(Internet Protocol,IP)地址和接入点名称(access point name,APN),PDN连接的作用是实现IP连通性,在UE和APN之间传送业务数据流(service data flow,SDF)。A PDN connection refers to a combination of a group of evolved packet system (envolved packet system, EPS) bearers (bearers) established on the UE in the 4G communication system. These EPS bearers have the same Internet Protocol (Internet Protocol, IP) address and interface. The access point name (access point name, APN), the function of the PDN connection is to realize IP connectivity, and transmit the service data flow (service data flow, SDF) between the UE and the APN.
2、EPS承载2. EPS bearer
EPS承载(EPS Bearer)是包含在PDN连接中的更小的隧道,是指在4G通信系统内的数据传输通道。具体的说,就是同一PDN连接中传送的数据,EPS系统在转发处理时 会区别对待。同一PDN连接内,不同EPS承载代表了不同的QoS,即不同的服务质量。EPS bearer (EPS Bearer) is a smaller tunnel included in the PDN connection, which refers to the data transmission channel in the 4G communication system. Specifically, the data transmitted in the same PDN connection will be treated differently by the EPS system during forwarding processing. In the same PDN connection, different EPS bearers represent different QoS, that is, different quality of service.
建立PDN连接时同时会建立1个EPS承载,称为默认承载(default bearer)。默认承载生命周期和PDN连接相同,释放默认承载就等同于释放PDN连接。专用承载(dedicated bearer)是指在PDN连接建立后,为了满足特定服务质量(quality of service,QoS)需求建立的承载,专用承载可能有,也可能没有。When a PDN connection is established, an EPS bearer will be established at the same time, which is called the default bearer (default bearer). The life cycle of the default bearer is the same as that of the PDN connection, and releasing the default bearer is equivalent to releasing the PDN connection. Dedicated bearer (dedicated bearer) refers to the bearer established to meet specific quality of service (quality of service, QoS) requirements after the establishment of the PDN connection. There may or may not be a dedicated bearer.
UE可能有多个PDN连接,PDN连接又可能有多个EPS承载,EPS承载标识(EPS bearer identity,EBI)用于区分同一UE的多个EPS承载,不同UE的EBI可以重复。EBI长度为4位,取值范围为0~15,其中,取值0~4目前保留,可用取值范围为5~15。A UE may have multiple PDN connections, and a PDN connection may have multiple EPS bearers. The EPS bearer identity (EPS bearer identity, EBI) is used to distinguish multiple EPS bearers of the same UE, and the EBI of different UEs may be repeated. The length of the EBI is 4 bits, and the value range is 0 to 15. Among them, the value 0 to 4 is currently reserved, and the available value range is 5 to 15.
3、协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话(PDU session)3. Protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session (PDU session)
在5G通信系统内,UE上建立的一组QoS流(flow)的组合,这些QoS流具有相同的IP地址和数据网络名称(Data Network Name,DNN)。QoS流是指在5G通信系统内的数据传输通道。In the 5G communication system, a group of QoS flows (flow) established on the UE are combined, and these QoS flows have the same IP address and Data Network Name (Data Network Name, DNN). QoS flow refers to the data transmission channel in the 5G communication system.
5G核心网(5G core network,5GC)支持PDU连接业务。PDU连接业务可以是指终端设备与数据网络(data network,DN)之间交换PDU数据包的业务。PDU连接业务通过终端设备发起PDU会话的建立来实现。一个PDU会话建立后,也就是建立了一条PDU会话隧道,PDU会话隧道与UE相对应,PDU会话隧道内的业务数据可以以单播QoS流的形式传输。换句话说,PDU会话是UE级别的。每个终端设备可以建立一个或多个PDU会话。其中,PDU会话标识(PduSessionId)可以用于区分同一个UE的不同PDU会话。The 5G core network (5G core network, 5GC) supports PDU connection services. The PDU connection service may refer to a service for exchanging PDU data packets between a terminal device and a data network (data network, DN). The PDU connection service is realized by the establishment of the PDU session initiated by the terminal device. After a PDU session is established, that is, a PDU session tunnel is established. The PDU session tunnel corresponds to the UE, and the service data in the PDU session tunnel can be transmitted in the form of unicast QoS flow. In other words, PDU sessions are at UE level. Each end device can establish one or more PDU sessions. Wherein, the PDU session identifier (PduSessionId) can be used to distinguish different PDU sessions of the same UE.
下面结合图1至图3详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。The communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 .
图1是适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的网络架构的示意图。图1所示的是基于服务化接口的5G网络架构示意图,该网络架构具体可以包括下列网元:FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-oriented interface. The network architecture may specifically include the following network elements:
1、用户设备(user equipment,UE)110:可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,以及各种形式的终端、移动台(mobile station,MS)、终端(terminal)或软终端等等。例如,水表、电表、传感器等。1. User equipment (UE) 110: may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of terminals, Mobile station (mobile station, MS), terminal (terminal) or soft terminal, etc. For example, water meters, electricity meters, sensors, etc.
示例性地,本申请实施例中的用户设备可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、终端设备(terminal equipment)、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。用户设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的用户设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的用户设备或者未来车联网中的用户设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。Exemplarily, the user equipment in this embodiment of the present application may refer to an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal (user terminal), a terminal device (terminal equipment), wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device. The user equipment can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, user equipment in 5G networks or users in future evolved public land mobile networks (PLMN) Devices or user equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机 实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the application, wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which is a general term for intelligently designing daily wear and developing wearable devices by applying wearable technology, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,用户设备还可以是物联网(internet of Things,IoT)系统中的用户设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中,IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band,NB)技术,做到海量连接,深度覆盖,终端省电。此外,在本申请实施例中,用户设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器,主要功能包括收集数据(部分用户设备)、接收接入网设备的控制信息与下行数据,并发送电磁波,向接入网设备传输上行数据。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the user equipment can also be the user equipment in the Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future, and its main technical feature is that items can be Connect with the network to realize the intelligent network of man-machine interconnection and object interconnection. In the embodiment of the present application, the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrow band (NB) technology. In addition, in this embodiment of the application, the user equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations, and its main functions include collecting data (part of user equipment), receiving control information and downlink data of access network equipment, and Send electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to access network equipment.
2、(无线)接入网设备(radio access network,(R)AN)120:用于为特定区域的授权用户设备提供入网功能。2. (wireless) access network equipment (radio access network, (R)AN) 120: used to provide network access functions for authorized user equipment in a specific area.
终端设备可以采用不同接入技术的接入网接入核心网,例如:采用第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)技术与非第三代合作伙伴计划(non-3rd generation partnership project,N3GPP)技术接入核心网。作为示例而非限定,接入技术例如可以包括NR、演进的通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)陆地无线接入网(UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network,E-UTRAN)、Multefire、3GPP接入技术、N3GPP接入技术、4G蜂窝接入技术、5G蜂窝接入技术、可信或非可信无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)接入技术、固网或有线接入技术等。对此,不作限定。Terminal devices can use access networks of different access technologies to access the core network, for example: using third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) technology and non-3rd generation partnership project (non-3rd generation partnership project) technology , N3GPP) technology to access the core network. As an example but not a limitation, the access technology may include, for example, NR, evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System, UMTS) Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network, E-UTRAN), Multefire, 3GPP access technology, N3GPP access technology, 4G cellular access technology, 5G cellular access technology, trusted or untrusted wireless fidelity (WiFi) access technology, fixed network or wired access technology, etc. In this regard, there is no limitation.
其中,采用N3GPP技术的接入网,可以包括但不限于:无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)系统,无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN),MulteFire网络,有线网络(例如:无线和有线融合(wireless and wireline convergence,WWC)网络),或者家庭基站网络。对应地,采用N3GPP技术的接入网设备例如可以包括:接入点(access point,AP),可信WLAN互操作功能(trusted WLAN interworking function,TWIF)网元,可信非3GPP网关功能(trusted non-3GPPgateway function,TNGF),有线接入网关功能(wireline access gateway function,W-AGF),接入网关功能(access gateway function,AGF),宽带网络网关(broadband network gateway,BNG),固定移动互操作功能(fixed-mobile interworking function,FMIF),非3GPP互操作功能(Non-3GPP interworking function,N3IWF),等等。Among them, the access network using N3GPP technology may include but not limited to: wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) system, wireless local area network (wireless local area network, WLAN), MulteFire network, wired network (for example: wireless and Wired convergence (wireless and wireline convergence, WWC) network), or femtocell network. Correspondingly, the access network equipment adopting the N3GPP technology may include, for example: an access point (access point, AP), a trusted WLAN interworking function (trusted WLAN interworking function, TWIF) network element, a trusted non-3GPP gateway function (trusted non-3GPP gateway function (TNGF), wired access gateway function (wireline access gateway function, W-AGF), access gateway function (access gateway function, AGF), broadband network gateway (broadband network gateway, BNG), fixed mobile Internet Operation function (fixed-mobile interworking function, FMIF), non-3GPP interworking function (Non-3GPP interworking function, N3IWF), etc.
采用3GPP技术的接入网,可以包括但不限于:LTE网络,NR网络,5G网络,或者后续演进的移动通讯网络。对应地,采用3GPP技术的接入网设备,例如可以包括无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备,g-NodeB,e-NodeB、home-NodeB。The access network using 3GPP technology may include but not limited to: LTE network, NR network, 5G network, or subsequent evolution of mobile communication networks. Correspondingly, the access network equipment using the 3GPP technology may include, for example, radio access network (radio access network, RAN) equipment, g-NodeB, e-NodeB, and home-NodeB.
基于无线通信技术实现接入网络功能的接入网可以称为RAN。无线接入网能够负责空口侧的无线资源管理、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)管理、数据压缩和加密等功能。无线接入网为终端设备提供接入服务,进而完成控制信号和用户数据在终端和核心网之间的转发。An access network that implements access network functions based on wireless communication technologies may be called a RAN. The radio access network can be responsible for functions such as radio resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption on the air interface side. The wireless access network provides access services for terminal equipment, and then completes the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal and the core network.
无线接入网设备例如可以包括但不限于:宏基站、微基站(也称为小站)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),WiFi系统 中的AP、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G(如,NR)系统中的gNB或传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),或者下一代通信6G系统中的基站等。本申请实施例对无线接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。Radio access network equipment may include, but not limited to, for example: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller ( base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), AP in the WiFi system, Wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be gNB or transmission point (TRP) in the 5G (eg, NR) system or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or, it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or, a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), or the base station in the next-generation communication 6G system, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the radio access network equipment.
接入网可以为小区提供服务。终端设备可以通过接入网设备分配的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与小区通信。The access network can provide services for the cells. The terminal device can communicate with the cell through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the access network device.
3、用户面网元130:用于分组路由和转发以及用户面数据的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)处理等。3. User plane network element 130: used for packet routing and forwarding, and user plane data quality of service (quality of service, QoS) processing, etc.
在5G通信系统中,该用户面网元可以是用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元。在未来通信系统中,用户面网元仍可以是UPF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the user plane network element may be a user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element. In the future communication system, the user plane network element may still be a UPF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
4、数据网络140:用于提供传输数据的网络。4. Data network 140: used to provide a network for transmitting data.
在5G通信系统中,该数据网络可以是数据网络(data network,DN)。在未来通信系统中,数据网络仍可以是DN,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the data network may be a data network (data network, DN). In future communication systems, the data network may still be a DN, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
5、接入管理网元150:主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等,可以用于实现移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)功能中除会话管理之外的其它功能,例如,接入授权/鉴权等功能。5. Access management network element 150: mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement functions other than session management in mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) functions, for example, access Access authorization/authentication and other functions.
在5G通信系统中,该接入管理网元可以是接入管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元。在未来通信系统中,接入管理网元仍可以是AMF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the access management network element may be an access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element. In the future communication system, the access management network element may still be an AMF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
6、会话管理网元160:主要用于会话管理、终端设备的网络互连协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户平面功能、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等。6. Session management network element 160: mainly used for session management, network interconnection protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of manageable user plane functions, termination points of policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink Data Notification etc.
在5G通信系统中,该会话管理网元可以是会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元。在未来通信系统中,会话管理网元仍可以是SMF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the session management network element may be a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element. In the future communication system, the session management network element may still be an SMF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
7、策略控制网元170:用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为网络网元(例如AMF,SMF网元等)或终端设备提供策略规则信息等。7. Policy control network element 170: a unified policy framework for guiding network behavior, providing policy rule information, etc. for network network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.) or terminal devices.
在4G通信系统中,该策略控制网元可以是策略和计费规则功能(policy and charging rules function,PCRF)网元。在5G通信系统中,该策略控制网元可以是策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元。在未来通信系统中,策略控制网元仍可以是PCF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In the 4G communication system, the policy control network element may be a policy and charging rules function (policy and charging rules function, PCRF) network element. In a 5G communication system, the policy control network element may be a policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element. In the future communication system, the policy control network element may still be a PCF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
8、计费网元180:作为在线计费的配额控制节点,对用户设备的各种业务执行在线计费的费率处理。8. Charging network element 180: as a quota control node for online charging, it performs rate processing for online charging for various services of user equipment.
在4G通信系统中,该计费网元可以是在线计费系统(online charging system,OCS)服务器或线控制和计费网关(online control and charging gateway,OCG)。在5G通信系统中,该计费网元可以是计费功能(charging function,CHF)网元。在未来通信系统中,计费网 元仍然可以是CHF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In the 4G communication system, the charging network element may be an online charging system (online charging system, OCS) server or an online control and charging gateway (online control and charging gateway, OCG). In a 5G communication system, the charging network element may be a charging function (charging function, CHF) network element. In the future communication system, the billing network element may still be a CHF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
9、网络开放网元190:主要用于支持能力和事件的开放。9. Network opening network element 190: mainly used to support the opening of capabilities and events.
在5G通信系统中,该网络开放可以是网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元。在未来通信系统中,网络开放网元仍可以是NEF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the network exposure may be a network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF) network element. In the future communication system, the open network element may still be an NEF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
10、数据管理网元1100:用于处理终端设备标识,接入鉴权,注册以及移动性管理等。10. Data management network element 1100: used for processing terminal equipment identification, access authentication, registration and mobility management, etc.
在5G通信系统中,该数据管理网元可以是统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元。在未来通信系统中,统一数据管理仍可以是UDM网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the data management network element may be a unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element. In the future communication system, the unified data management may still be a UDM network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
11、应用网元1110:用于进行应用影响的数据路由,接入网络开放功能网元,与策略框架交互进行策略控制等。11. Application network element 1110: used for routing data affected by applications, accessing network elements with open network functions, and interacting with policy frameworks for policy control, etc.
在5G通信系统中,该应用网元可以是应用功能(application function,AF)网元。在未来通信系统中,应用网元仍可以是AF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the application network element may be an application function (application function, AF) network element. In the future communication system, the application network element may still be an AF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
12、数据分析网元1120:用于实现网络数据分析功能。12. Data analysis network element 1120: used to implement a network data analysis function.
数据分析网元可以是一个单独的网元,也可以是多个网元的组合,或者是与其他网元合设。例如,NWDAF网元可以与AMF合设或者与会话管理功能网元(session management function,SMF)网元合设。The data analysis network element can be a single network element, or a combination of multiple network elements, or be co-located with other network elements. For example, the NWDAF network element may be co-configured with the AMF or with the session management function (session management function, SMF) network element.
在5G通信系统中,该数据分析网元可以是网络数据分析功能(network data analytics function,NWDAF)网元。在未来通信系统中数据分析网元仍可以是NWDAF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the data analysis network element may be a network data analysis function (network data analytics function, NWDAF) network element. In the future communication system, the data analysis network element may still be the NWDAF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
13、网络切片选择网元1130:用于选择为用户设备服务的网络切片实例。13. Network slice selection network element 1130: used to select a network slice instance serving the user equipment.
在5G通信系统中,该网络切片选择网元可以是网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF)网元。在未来通信系统中,网络切片选择功能网元仍可以是NSSF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the network slice selection network element may be a network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF) network element. In the future communication system, the network element with network slice selection function may still be an NSSF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
可以理解的是,上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。It can be understood that the above-mentioned network element or function may be a network element in a hardware device, or a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
为方便说明,本申请后续,以接入管理功能网元为AMF网元,数据分析网元为NWDAF网元,策略控制功能网元为PCF网元为例进行说明。For the convenience of description, in the follow-up of this application, the network element with the access management function is the AMF network element, the network element with the data analysis function is the NWDAF network element, and the network element with the policy control function is the PCF network element.
进一步地,将AMF网元简称为AMF,NWDAF网元简称为NWDAF,PCF网元简称为PCF。即本申请后续所描述的AMF均可替换为接入管理功能网元,NWDAF均可替换为数据分析功能网元,PCF均可替换为策略控制功能网元。Further, the AMF network element is referred to as AMF, the NWDAF network element is referred to as NWDAF, and the PCF network element is referred to as PCF. That is, the AMF described later in this application can be replaced by an access management function network element, the NWDAF can be replaced by a data analysis function network element, and the PCF can be replaced by a policy control function network element.
为方便说明,本申请,以装置为AMF实体、NWDAF实体、PCF实体为例,对用于获取数据的方法进行说明,对于装置为AMF实体内的芯片、NWDAF实体内的芯片或为PCF实体内的芯片的实现方法,可参考装置分别为AMF实体、NWDAF实体、PCF实体的具体说明,不再重复介绍。For the convenience of description, this application takes the device as an example of an AMF entity, an NWDAF entity, and a PCF entity to describe the method for obtaining data. For a device that is a chip in an AMF entity, a chip in an NWDAF entity, or a PCF entity For the implementation method of the chip, refer to the specific descriptions of the devices being the AMF entity, the NWDAF entity, and the PCF entity, and the introduction will not be repeated.
在图1所示的网络架构中,终端设备通过N1接口与AMF连接,RAN通过N2接口与AMF连接,RAN通过N3接口与UPF连接。UPF之间通过N9接口连接,UPF通过 N6接口与数据网络(data network,DN)互联。SMF通过N4接口控制UPF。NSSF经过Nnssf接口接入服务化架构,提供相应的服务,同理,CHF、PCF、UDM、NWDAF以及AF经过各自对应的接口接入服务化架构,提供相应的服务。图1中Nnef、Nchf、Npcf、Nudm、Nnwdaf、Naf、Namf、Nsmf、Nnssf、N1、N2、N3、N4,以及N6为接口序列号。这些接口序列号的含义可参见第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准协议中定义的含义,在此不做限制。In the network architecture shown in Figure 1, the terminal device is connected to the AMF through the N1 interface, the RAN is connected to the AMF through the N2 interface, and the RAN is connected to the UPF through the N3 interface. The UPFs are connected through the N9 interface, and the UPF is interconnected with the data network (data network, DN) through the N6 interface. The SMF controls the UPF through the N4 interface. NSSF accesses the service architecture through the Nnssf interface and provides corresponding services. Similarly, CHF, PCF, UDM, NWDAF, and AF access the service architecture through their corresponding interfaces to provide corresponding services. In Figure 1, Nnef, Nchf, Npcf, Nudm, Nnwdaf, Naf, Namf, Nsmf, Nnssf, N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers. The meanings of these interface serial numbers may refer to the meanings defined in the third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) standard agreement, and no limitation is made here.
需要说明的是,图1中所涉及的各个网元以及网元之间的通信接口的名称是以目前协议中规定的为例进行简单说明的,但并不限定本申请实施例只能够应用于目前已知的通信系统。因此,以目前协议为例描述时出现的标准名称,都是功能性描述,本申请对于网元、接口或信令等的具体名称并不限定,仅表示网元、接口或者信令的功能,可以对应的扩展到其它系统,比如2G、3G、4G或未来通信系统中。It should be noted that the names of the various network elements involved in Figure 1 and the communication interfaces between the network elements are simply described using the current protocol as an example, but this does not limit that the embodiment of the present application can only be applied to currently known communication systems. Therefore, the standard names that appear when describing the current protocol as an example are all functional descriptions. This application does not limit the specific names of network elements, interfaces, or signaling, but only indicates the functions of network elements, interfaces, or signaling. It can be correspondingly extended to other systems, such as 2G, 3G, 4G or future communication systems.
另外,还需要说明的是,在某些网络架构中,AMF网元、SMF网元、PCF网元、BSF网元以及UDM网元等网络功能网元实体都称为网络功能网元(network function,NF)网元;或者,在另一些网络架构中,AMF网元,SMF网元,PCF网元,BSF网元,UDM网元等网元的集合都可以称为控制面功能网元。In addition, it should be noted that in some network architectures, network function network element entities such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, and UDM network elements are called network function network elements (network function network elements). , NF) network elements; or, in other network architectures, a collection of network elements such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, and UDM network elements can be called control plane function network elements.
下面结合图2简单介绍5G和4G的交互,图2是本申请提供的5G和4G交互的网络架构示意图。The following briefly introduces the interaction between 5G and 4G with reference to FIG. 2 . FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for interaction between 5G and 4G provided by this application.
在图2中,归属签约用户服务器(home subscriber server,HSS)为4G网中的服务器用于存储用户签约信息,服务网关(serving gateway,SGW)为4G网中的用户面接入服务网关。分组数据网络网关-控制面(packet data network gateway control,PGW-C)网元和分组数据网络网关-用户制面(packet data network gateway user,PGW-U)网元为4G网中的负责用户设备连接到外部网络的网元还承担着手机的会话管理和承载控制,以及IP地址分配,计费支持等功能。演进的UMTS陆地无线接入网络(evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network,E-UTRAN)为4G网中的接入网设备,UE可以通过E-UTRAN接入4G核心网设备,NG-RAN为5G网中的接入网设备,UE可以通过NG-RAN接入5G核心网设备。MME为4G核心网设备,负责对UE进行鉴权、授权,移动性管理,会话管理,UE在4G的PDN连接的EPS承载标识(EPS bearer identify,EBI)由该设备分配。In Fig. 2, the home subscriber server (home subscriber server, HSS) is a server in the 4G network for storing user subscription information, and the serving gateway (serving gateway, SGW) is the user plane access serving gateway in the 4G network. The packet data network gateway-control plane (packet data network gateway control, PGW-C) network element and the packet data network gateway-user plane (packet data network gateway user, PGW-U) network element are responsible user equipment in the 4G network The network element connected to the external network also undertakes the session management and bearer control of the mobile phone, as well as IP address allocation, billing support and other functions. Evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network (evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network, E-UTRAN) is the access network equipment in the 4G network. UE can access the 4G core network equipment through E-UTRAN, and NG-RAN is the 5G network equipment. The access network equipment, UE can access the 5G core network equipment through NG-RAN. The MME is a 4G core network device, responsible for authentication, authorization, mobility management, and session management of the UE. The EPS bearer identify (EBI) of the UE's 4G PDN connection is allocated by the device.
从图2中可以看出5G网络通过与4G网络合设网元(如图2中所示的SMF与PGW-C合设,UDM与HSS合设等)和/或开通交互式接口(如图2中所示的AMF与MME之间开通N26接口)来实现两个网络交互。It can be seen from Figure 2 that the 5G network is co-configured with 4G network elements (as shown in Figure 2, SMF and PGW-C, UDM and HSS, etc.) The N26 interface is opened between the AMF shown in 2 and the MME) to realize the interaction between the two networks.
例如:UDM/HSS为4G和5G共用的核心网设备,即4G和5G合设的核心网设备,包括HSS和UDM,可以为终端设备提供以下至少一种功能:处理3GPP AKA认证凭据、用户识别处理、访问授权、注册/移动性管理、订购管理和短信管理等。SMF/PGW-C为4G和5G合设的核心网设备,包括SMF和PGW-C的功能。UPF/PGW-U为4G和5G合设的核心网设备,包括SMF和PGW-C的功能。For example: UDM/HSS is the core network equipment shared by 4G and 5G, that is, the core network equipment jointly established by 4G and 5G, including HSS and UDM, can provide at least one of the following functions for terminal equipment: processing 3GPP AKA authentication credentials, user identification processing, access authorization, registration/mobility management, subscription management and SMS management, etc. SMF/PGW-C is the core network equipment jointly established by 4G and 5G, including the functions of SMF and PGW-C. UPF/PGW-U is the core network equipment jointly established by 4G and 5G, including the functions of SMF and PGW-C.
需要说明的是,图2中所示的各个接口名称(例如,图2中所示的S1-MME、S1-U、S11、N26、N3、N1、N2、N11、S11、S5-U、S5-C、N15、N7、N8、N10、S6a、N40)只是举例对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,这些接口序列号的含义可参见标准协议中定义的含义。It should be noted that each interface name shown in Figure 2 (for example, S1-MME, S1-U, S11, N26, N3, N1, N2, N11, S11, S5-U, S5 -C, N15, N7, N8, N10, S6a, N40) are just examples and do not constitute any limitation to the scope of protection of this application. For the meaning of these interface serial numbers, please refer to the meaning defined in the standard protocol.
在本申请实施例中,用户设备或接入网设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是用户设备或接入网设备,或者,是用户设备或接入网设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the user equipment or the access network equipment includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also called main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a user equipment or an access network device, or a functional module in the user equipment or access network device that can call a program and execute the program.
下面结合图3简单介绍3GPP接入技术和N3GPP接入技术,图3是本申请提供的3GPP接入技术和N3GPP接入技术交互的网络架构示意图。The following briefly introduces the 3GPP access technology and the N3GPP access technology with reference to FIG. 3 . FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for interaction between the 3GPP access technology and the N3GPP access technology provided in this application.
在图3所示的架构中,包括3GPP和N3GPP系统架构,由虚线301划分。在线301的上面是3GPP接入网,在虚线301的下面是N3GPP接入网。图3中的UE、E-UTRAN、MME、HSS、CHF、PCF、SMF/PGW-C与图1、图2中功能类似或相同。运营商IP服务可以包括IP多媒体业务子系统(IP Multimedia Subsystem,IMS)。在N3GPP接入技术中,终端设备可以通过演进的分组数据网关(evolved packet data gateway,ePDG)建立与SMF/PGW-C的连接,由SMF/PGW-C提供会话有关的控制面的相关服务。UE在N3GPP接入中的PDN连接的EPS承载标识(EPS bearer identify,EBI)由该设备分配。The architecture shown in FIG. 3 includes 3GPP and N3GPP system architectures, which are divided by a dotted line 301 . Above the line 301 is the 3GPP access network, and below the dotted line 301 is the N3GPP access network. UE, E-UTRAN, MME, HSS, CHF, PCF, SMF/PGW-C in Figure 3 have similar or same functions as those in Figure 1 and Figure 2 . The operator's IP service may include an IP Multimedia Service Subsystem (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IMS). In the N3GPP access technology, the terminal device can establish a connection with the SMF/PGW-C through the evolved packet data gateway (ePDG), and the SMF/PGW-C provides the related services of the session-related control plane. The EPS bearer identifier (EPS bearer identify, EBI) of the PDN connection of the UE in the N3GPP access is allocated by the device.
图3中所示的各个接口名称(例如,图2中所示的S5、S11、S2a、S2b、SWu、SWn、SWa、STa、SWm、S6b、SGi、Rx、SWx)只是举例,这些接口序列号的含义可参见标准协议中定义的含义,本申请对其名称和含义不做限定。The respective interface names shown in Figure 3 (for example, S5, S11, S2a, S2b, SWu, SWn, SWa, STa, SWm, S6b, SGi, Rx, SWx shown in Figure 2) are examples only, and these interface sequences For the meaning of the number, please refer to the meaning defined in the standard agreement, and this application does not limit its name and meaning.
当终端设备需要创建会话时,如果终端设备具备4G和5G互操作能力,PDU标识由终端设备来分配,并携带给网络侧。如果终端设备不具备4G和5G互操作能力,则终端设备不会携带PDU会话标识,根据协议TS 29.571的规定,PDU会话标识由SMF/PGW-C网元根据MME或者ePDG分配的EPS承载标识EBI负责生成。具体的生成原则为:对于3GPP接入网中的会话,由SMF/PGW-C网元在MME分配的默认承载标识的基础上加64,对于N3GPP接入网,由SMF/PGW-C网元在ePDG分配的默认承载标识的基础上加80。When a terminal device needs to create a session, if the terminal device has 4G and 5G interoperability, the PDU identifier is allocated by the terminal device and carried to the network side. If the terminal device does not have 4G and 5G interoperability, the terminal device will not carry the PDU session identifier. According to the provisions of the protocol TS 29.571, the PDU session identifier is assigned by the SMF/PGW-C network element according to the EPS bearer identifier EBI assigned by the MME or ePDG. Responsible for generation. The specific generation principle is: for the session in the 3GPP access network, the SMF/PGW-C network element adds 64 to the default bearer identifier assigned by the MME; for the N3GPP access network, the SMF/PGW-C network element Add 80 to the default bearer identifier allocated by the ePDG.
对于不具备4G和5G互操作能力的终端设备,如果其在3GPP接入网和N3GPP接入网之间发生切换,其创建的第一PDU会话也会发生切换。然而现有协议中,合设的SMF/PGW-C网元并不会将第一PDU会话标识更新至策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元和/或计费功能(charging function,CHF)网元。如此以来,当终端设备创建第二PDU会话时,在PCF网元和/或CHF网元上针对同一终端设备可能会出现两个相同PDU会话标识,这种情况可能会被认为是同一个业务重复激活的场景,使得两个PDU会话对应的业务无法同时进行。For a terminal device that does not have the interoperability between 4G and 5G, if it switches between the 3GPP access network and the N3GPP access network, the first PDU session created by it will also switch. However, in the existing protocol, the co-located SMF/PGW-C network element does not update the first PDU session identifier to the policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element and/or the charging function (charging function, CHF) ) network element. In this way, when a terminal device creates a second PDU session, two identical PDU session identifiers may appear for the same terminal device on the PCF network element and/or CHF network element, which may be considered as duplication of the same service In the activated scenario, the services corresponding to the two PDU sessions cannot be performed at the same time.
举例来说,假如不具备4G和5G互操作能力的终端设备#A初始通过3GPP接入网发起接入,创建了会话#1,MME为会话#1分配EBI为5。根据前文所述,SMF/PGW-C网元会为会话#1生成PDU会话标识69(即5+64),SMF/PGW-C会通过图2和图3中的N7和N40接口分别将生成的会话#1的PDU会话标识69发送至PCF和CHF,由PCF和 CHF来完成会话#1的策略规则指导和计费处理。当终端设备#A发生移动性切换,从初始接入的3GPP接入网切换到N3GPP接入网,会话#1也会切换至N3GPP接入网,MME会释放会话#1的EBI,而ePDG会为会话#1重新分配EBI,可能仍然为5。由于仅仅是切换流程,N7接口和N40接口发送的是更新消息。现有协议中,SMF/PGW-C与PCF之间的N7接口的更新消息并不支持携带PDU会话标识,因此发送至PCF的更新消息不会携带PDU会话标识,即PCF侧存储会话#1的标识仍然为69。而SMF/PGW-C与CHF之间的N40接口的更新消息虽然支持携带PDU会话标识,但是现有协议并未定义切换情况下N40接口的具体处理方式,因此CHF不能及时更新PDU会话标识。For example, if a terminal device #A that does not have 4G and 5G interoperability initially initiates access through the 3GPP access network and creates session #1, the MME assigns EBI to session #1 as 5. According to the above, the SMF/PGW-C network element will generate the PDU session identifier 69 (ie 5+64) for session #1, and the SMF/PGW-C will generate the PDU through the N7 and N40 interfaces in Figure 2 and Figure 3 respectively. The PDU session identifier 69 of the session #1 is sent to the PCF and the CHF, and the PCF and the CHF complete the policy rule guidance and charging processing of the session #1. When terminal device #A undergoes a mobility handover from the initially accessed 3GPP access network to the N3GPP access network, session #1 will also be switched to the N3GPP access network, the MME will release the EBI of session #1, and the ePDG will Reassign EBI for session #1, probably still at 5. Since it is only a switching process, the N7 interface and the N40 interface send update messages. In the existing protocol, the update message of the N7 interface between SMF/PGW-C and PCF does not support carrying the PDU session identifier, so the update message sent to the PCF will not carry the PDU session identifier, that is, the PCF side stores the session #1 The ID is still 69. Although the update message of the N40 interface between SMF/PGW-C and CHF supports carrying the PDU session identifier, the existing protocol does not define the specific processing method of the N40 interface in the case of handover, so the CHF cannot update the PDU session identifier in time.
当终端设备#A再次通过3GPP接入网发起接入,创建会话#2,由于会话#1的EBI已经释放,MME为会话#2分配的EBI可能仍然为5。根据前文所述,SMF/PGW-C网元会为会话#1生成PDU会话标识69(即5+64),同样的,SMF/PGW-C会通过图2和图3中的N7和N40接口分别将生成的会话#2的PDU会话标识69发送至PCF和CHF,由PCF和CHF来完成会话#2的策略规则指导和计费处理。When terminal device #A initiates access through the 3GPP access network again and creates session #2, since the EBI of session #1 has been released, the EBI allocated by MME for session #2 may still be 5. According to the above, the SMF/PGW-C network element will generate a PDU session identifier 69 (ie 5+64) for session #1. Similarly, the SMF/PGW-C will pass through the N7 and N40 interfaces in Figure 2 and Figure 3 The generated PDU session identifier 69 of session #2 is sent to PCF and CHF respectively, and the PCF and CHF complete the policy rule guidance and charging processing of session #2.
在这种情况下,PCF和CHF上关于终端设备#A会出现两个同为69的会话标识,这种情况可能会被认为是同一个业务重复激活的场景,一种可能的方式中,PCF会把先保存的标识为69的会话删掉,新的标识为69的会话接入成功,一种可能的方式中,PCF会把先保存的标识为69的会话继续使用,删除新的标识为69的会话,但是无论那种方式,都会使得会话#1和会话#2对应的业务无法同时进行,影响用户体验。In this case, there will be two session IDs of 69 on PCF and CHF on terminal device #A. This situation may be considered as a scenario where the same service is repeatedly activated. In one possible way, PCF The previously saved session with the ID of 69 will be deleted, and the new session with the ID of 69 will be successfully accessed. In one possible way, the PCF will continue to use the previously saved session with the ID of 69, and delete the new session with the ID of 69 sessions, but no matter which way, the services corresponding to session #1 and session #2 cannot be performed at the same time, affecting user experience.
有鉴于此,本申请提供一种通信的方法和通信装置,使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。In view of this, the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, so that multiple services of a terminal device can be performed simultaneously, thereby improving user experience.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图。图4所述的方法400可以由图1至图3中任一种通信系统执行。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 400 shown in FIG. 4 may be executed by any communication system in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 .
S410,第二核心网设备发送第一请求消息,相应地,第一核心网设备接收第一请求消息,该第一请求消息用于请求终端设备的第一会话从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术,第一请求消息包括第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI。S410, the second core network device sends a first request message, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the first request message, where the first request message is used to request that the first session of the terminal device be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology Two access technologies, the first request message includes the first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the first session.
当终端设备的第一会话需要从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术时,第二核心网设备会向第一核心网设备发送第一请求消息,第一请求消息包括第一会话的会话标识,即第一EBI。When the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send a first request message to the first core network device, and the first request message includes the first session Session ID, that is, the first EBI.
在一种实现方式中,第一请求消息可以是会话创建请求(create session request)消息,会话创建请求消息中包括切换指示(handover indication,HI)标志位,切换指示标识位用于指示终端设备的第一会话是否是切换的会话,例如,切换指示标志位可以指示终端设备的第一会话是切换的会话,即终端设备的第一会话需要从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术,第一核心网设备可以解析切换指示标志位的信息,从而确定第一终端设备的第一会话发生了切换。In one implementation, the first request message may be a session creation request (create session request) message, the session creation request message includes a handover indication (handover indication, HI) flag, and the handover indication flag is used to indicate the terminal device Whether the first session is a switched session, for example, the switching indication flag may indicate that the first session of the terminal device is a switched session, that is, the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, The first core network device may analyze the information of the handover indication flag bit, so as to determine that the first session of the first terminal device has been handed over.
应理解,本申请中,终端设备的第一会话可以是切换的会话,也可以是初始建立的会话。在方法400中,第一会话为切换的会话。It should be understood that in this application, the first session of the terminal device may be a switched session or an initially established session. In method 400, the first session is a switched session.
S420,第一核心网设备向第三核心网设备发送更新消息,更新消息中包括第一PDU会话标识,第一PDU会话标识是根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成的。对应地,第三核心网设备接收该更新消息。其中,第三核心网设备为策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元。S420, the first core network device sends an update message to the third core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value. Correspondingly, the third core network device receives the update message. Wherein, the third core network device is a network element with a policy control function and/or a network element with a charging function.
第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送更新消息,例如,更新消息可以是更新请求(update request)消息,该更新消息中携带了根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成的第一PDU会话标识(PDU session identify),换言之,第一核心网设备可以将标识第一会话的第一EBI转换为第一PDU会话标识,通过第一PDU会话标识来标识第一会话,并在发送给策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元的更新消息中携带该第一PDU会话标识。After receiving the first request message, the first core network device will send an update message to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, for example, the update message may be an update request (update request) message, the update The message carries the first PDU session identify (PDU session identify) generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value. In other words, the first core network device can convert the first EBI identifying the first session into the first PDU session An identifier, the first session is identified by the first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is carried in an update message sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例中,当终端设备的第一会话需要从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送更新消息,该更新消息中携带了根据第一EBI生成的第一PDU会话标识。换言之,本申请通过在更新消息中携带第一PDU会话标识,使得策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元能够及时更新第一会话的PDU会话标识,避免和之后建立的会话的会话标识重复,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。In view of this, in this embodiment of the application, when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send a first request message, and the first core network device After receiving the first request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI. In other words, this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
应理解,在S420中,可以根据实际应用情况只向策略控制功能网元发送更新消息,或者,只向计费功能网元发送更新消息,或者,向策略控制功能网元和计费功能网元均发送更新消息。此外,当第一核心网设备向策略控制功能网元和计费功能网元均发送更新消息时,向策略控制功能网元发送更新消息和向计费功能网元发送更新消息的先后顺序不做限定,可以先向策略控制功能网元发送,也可以先向计费功能网元发送。It should be understood that in S420, according to actual application conditions, the update message may be sent only to the network element with the policy control function, or the update message may be sent only to the network element with the charging function, or the update message may be sent to the network element with the policy control function and the network element with the charging function Updates are sent. In addition, when the first core network device sends an update message to both the policy control function network element and the charging function network element, the sequence of sending the update message to the policy control function network element and the charging function network element does not change. limited, it can be sent to the network element with the policy control function first, or it can be sent to the network element with the charging function first.
在一种实现方式中,第一核心网设备为SMF/PGW-C。In an implementation manner, the first core network device is an SMF/PGW-C.
可选地,该方法400还包括:S430,第一核心网设备根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成第一PDU会话标识。Optionally, the method 400 further includes: S430, the first core network device generates a first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
第一核心网设备可以根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成第一PDU会话标识,即第一核心网设备可以将标识第一会话的第一EBI转换为第一PDU会话标识,通过第一PDU会话标识来标识第一会话。其中,第一预设值取决于协议中定义的PDU会话生成规则。The first core network device may generate the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value, that is, the first core network device may convert the first EBI identifying the first session into the first PDU session identifier, and pass the first The PDU session identifier is used to identify the first session. Wherein, the first preset value depends on the PDU session generation rule defined in the protocol.
在一种实现方式中,第一预设值根据第二接入技术确定。In an implementation manner, the first preset value is determined according to the second access technology.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为N3GPP接入技术。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is an N3GPP access technology.
即,终端设备的第一会话从3GPP接入技术切换至N3GPP接入技术。That is, the first session of the terminal device is switched from the 3GPP access technology to the N3GPP access technology.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,第二核心网设备为ePDG。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology, the second access technology is an N3GPP access technology, and the second core network device is an ePDG.
当终端设备的第一会话从3GPP接入技术切换至N3GPP接入技术,N3GPP接入网中的ePDG会为切换后的第一会话分配第一EBI,并由ePDG向第一核心网设备发送第一请求消息。When the first session of the terminal device is switched from the 3GPP access technology to the N3GPP access technology, the ePDG in the N3GPP access network will allocate the first EBI for the first session after switching, and the ePDG will send the first EBI to the first core network device. A request message.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,第一预设值为80。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology, the second access technology is an N3GPP access technology, and the first preset value is 80.
也就是说,第一核心网设备根据切换后的接入技术,即N3GPP接入技术中的PDU会话标识的生成规则生成第一PDU会话标识。在协议TS 29.571中规定,对于采用N3GPP技术的接入网,由SMF/PGW-C网元在ePDG分配的默认承载标识的基础上加80,即第一预设值为80。That is to say, the first core network device generates the first PDU session identifier according to the switched access technology, that is, the generation rule of the PDU session identifier in the N3GPP access technology. It is stipulated in the protocol TS 29.571 that for the access network using N3GPP technology, the SMF/PGW-C network element adds 80 to the default bearer identifier assigned by ePDG, that is, the first default value is 80.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为3GPP接入技术。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology.
即,终端设备的第一会话从N3GPP接入技术切换至3GPP接入技术。That is, the first session of the terminal device is switched from the N3GPP access technology to the 3GPP access technology.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二核心网设备为MME。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology, the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology, and the second core network device is an MME.
当终端设备的第一会话从N3GPP接入技术切换至3GPP接入技术,3GPP接入网中的MME会为切换后的第一会话分配第一EBI,并由MME向第一核心网设备发送第一请求消息。When the first session of the terminal device is switched from the N3GPP access technology to the 3GPP access technology, the MME in the 3GPP access network will allocate the first EBI for the first session after the switch, and the MME will send the first EBI to the first core network device. A request message.
应理解,当MME向第一核心网设备发送第一请求消息,可以是MME先发送至SGW,再由SGW发送至第一核心网设备。It should be understood that when the MME sends the first request message to the first core network device, the MME may first send it to the SGW, and then the SGW sends it to the first core network device.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第一预设值为64。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology, the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology, and the first preset value is 64.
也就是说,第一核心网设备根据切换后的接入技术,即3GPP接入技术中的PDU会话标识的生成规则生成第一PDU会话标识。在协议TS 29.571中规定,对于采用3GPP技术的接入网,由SMF/PGW-C网元在MME分配的默认承载标识的基础上加64,即第一预设值为64。That is to say, the first core network device generates the first PDU session identifier according to the switched access technology, that is, the generation rule of the PDU session identifier in the 3GPP access technology. It is stipulated in the protocol TS 29.571 that for the access network using 3GPP technology, the SMF/PGW-C network element adds 64 to the default bearer identifier assigned by the MME, that is, the first preset value is 64.
在一种实现方式中,该方法400还包括:S440,第三核心网设备保存终端设备的标识和第一PDU会话标识的映射关系。In an implementation manner, the method 400 further includes: S440, the third core network device stores the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the first PDU session identifier.
策略控制网元和/或计费功能网元可以将终端设备的标识和第一PDU会话标识之间的映射关系保存下来,从而通过第一PDU会话标识管理终端设备的第一会话。The policy control network element and/or the charging function network element may save the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the first PDU session identifier, so as to manage the first session of the terminal device through the first PDU session identifier.
可选地,终端设备的标识可以是国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identity,IMSI),其用于标识不同的终端设备。Optionally, the identifier of the terminal device may be an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI), which is used to identify different terminal devices.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备为不具备4G和5G互操作能力。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device does not have the interoperability between 4G and 5G.
即对于不具备4G和5G互操作能力的终端设备,其不会携带PDU会话标识。That is, for a terminal device that does not have the interoperability between 4G and 5G, it will not carry the PDU session identifier.
下面结合图5对本申请提供的通信方法400的具体实现进行描述。图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的又一示意性流程图。应理解,在图5中的方法500中,以方法400中的第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为N3GPP接入技术为例进行说明。The specific implementation of the communication method 400 provided by the present application will be described below with reference to FIG. 5 . FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that, in the method 500 in FIG. 5 , the first access technology in the method 400 is the 3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is the N3GPP access technology as an example for illustration.
S501,当终端设备通过3GPP接入技术发起会话#1时,核心网设备会通过3GPP技术发起会话#1的创建流程,此时,MME通过SGW向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#1的创建请求消息#1,消息#1中包括用于标识会话#1的EBI#1。例如,EBI#1的取值为5。S501. When the terminal device initiates the session #1 through the 3GPP access technology, the core network device initiates the creation process of the session #1 through the 3GPP technology. At this time, the MME sends the creation request of the session #1 to the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW Message #1, which includes EBI #1 for identifying session #1. For example, the value of EBI#1 is 5.
可选地,消息#1中可以包括HI标志位,例如,该字段取值为0,表示终端设备的会话#1是初始建立的会话。Optionally, the message #1 may include an HI flag bit, for example, the value of this field is 0, indicating that the session #1 of the terminal device is an initially established session.
例如,会话#1为语音业务,会话#1的创建请求消息#1的形式可以为:Create Session Request(APN=voice,EBI=5)。For example, session #1 is a voice service, and the form of the creation request message #1 of session #1 may be: Create Session Request (APN=voice, EBI=5).
具体地,消息#1中的EBI可以指缺省承载标识(linked bearer identify,LBI),本申请中,简称为EBI。Specifically, the EBI in message #1 may refer to a default bearer identifier (linked bearer identify, LBI), which is referred to as EBI for short in this application.
S502,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#1生成PDU会话标识#1。S502. The SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session identifier #1 according to the EBI #1.
由于会话#1是通过3GPP接入技术发起的会话,SMF/PGW-C根据协议规定,根据第一预设值为64生成的PDU会话标识#1。例如,生成的标识#1为5+64=69。Since the session #1 is a session initiated through the 3GPP access technology, the SMF/PGW-C generates the PDU session identifier #1 according to the first preset value of 64 according to the protocol. For example, the generated token #1 is 5+64=69.
S503,SMF/PGW-C向CHF发送创建请求(create request)消息#2,消息#2包括标识#1。S503, the SMF/PGW-C sends a create request (create request) message #2 to the CHF, and the message #2 includes the identifier #1.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N40接口向CHF发送创建请求消息#2。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #2 to CHF through N40 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#2的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requset(PduSessionId1=5+64=69,ChargingId1=ChargingIdA)。For example, the form of the create request message #2 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requestet (PduSessionId1=5+64=69, ChargingId1=ChargingIdA).
S504,CHF保存终端设备的标识和标识#1的映射关系。S504. The CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #1.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,CHF保存IMSI#1和标识#1的映射关系#1。For example, the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the CHF stores the mapping relationship #1 between IMSI#1 and identifier #1.
S505,SMF/PGW-C向PCF发送创建请求消息#3,消息#3包括标识#1。S505, the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #3 to the PCF, and the message #3 includes the identifier #1.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N7接口向PCF发送创建请求消息#3。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #3 to PCF through N7 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#3的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requset(PduSessionId1=5+64=69)。For example, the form of the create request message #3 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requestet(PduSessionId1=5+64=69).
应理解,消息#2和消息#3的发送顺序不做限定,即S503和S504的先后顺序不做限定。It should be understood that the sending order of message #2 and message #3 is not limited, that is, the order of S503 and S504 is not limited.
S506,PCF保存终端设备的标识和标识#1的映射关系。S506. The PCF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #1.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,PCF保存IMSI#1和标识#1的映射关系#2。For example, the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the PCF stores the mapping relationship #2 between the IMSI#1 and the identifier #1.
S507,当终端设备发生移动性切换,由3GPP技术接入网切换至N3GPP技术接入网,会话#1将会切换至N3GPP技术接入网,此时ePDG将会向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#1的创建请求消息#4,消息#4包括ePDG重新分配的EBI#2。由于EBI#2和EBI#1是不同的网元分配的,因此可能会出现分配的EBI的值相同的情况。例如,EBI#2的取值为5。S507. When the mobility handover of the terminal equipment occurs, the 3GPP technical access network is switched to the N3GPP technical access network, and the session #1 will be switched to the N3GPP technical access network. At this time, the ePDG will send the session to the SMF/PGW-C Create request message #4 of #1, message #4 includes EBI #2 reallocated by ePDG. Since EBI #2 and EBI #1 are allocated by different network elements, it may happen that the allocated EBI values are the same. For example, the value of EBI#2 is 5.
消息#4中还包括HI标志位,例如,该字段取值为1,表示终端设备的会话#1是切换的会话。或者也可以理解为,表示终端设备的会话#1从3GPP接入技术切换至N3GPP接入技术。Message #4 also includes an HI flag bit, for example, if this field takes a value of 1, it indicates that session #1 of the terminal device is a handover session. Or it can also be understood as indicating that the session #1 of the terminal device is switched from the 3GPP access technology to the N3GPP access technology.
例如,会话#1的创建请求消息#4的形式可以为:Create Session Request(EBI=5)。For example, the form of the creation request message #4 of the session #1 may be: Create Session Request (EBI=5).
S508,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#2生成PDU会话标识#2。S508, SMF/PGW-C generates PDU session identifier #2 according to EBI #2.
由于会话#1切换至N3GPP接入技术,SMF/PGW-C根据协议规定,根据第一预设值为80生成的PDU会话标识#2。例如,生成的标识#2为5+80=85。Since the session #1 is switched to the N3GPP access technology, the SMF/PGW-C generates the PDU session identifier #2 according to the first preset value of 80 according to the agreement. For example, the generated token #2 is 5+80=85.
S509,SMF/PGW-C向CHF发送更新请求消息#1,更新请求消息#1包括标识#2。S509, the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #1 to the CHF, where the update request message #1 includes the identifier #2.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N40接口向CHF发送更新请求消息#1。The SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #1 to the CHF through the N40 interface.
例如,更新请求消息#1的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Update Requset(PduSessionId1=5+80=85,ChargingId1=ChargingIdA)。For example, the format of the update request message #1 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Update Requestet (PduSessionId1=5+80=85, ChargingId1=ChargingIdA).
S510,CHF根据更新请求消息#1更新标识#1,或者,也可以说,更新映射关系#1。S510, the CHF updates the identity #1 according to the update request message #1, or, it can also be said, updates the mapping relationship #1.
例如,CHF根据更新请求消息#1中的标识#2将映射关系#1更新为IMSI#1和标识#2的对应关系。For example, the CHF updates the mapping relationship #1 to the corresponding relationship between the IMSI #1 and the identifier #2 according to the identifier #2 in the update request message #1.
S511,SMF/PGW-C向PCF发送更新请求消息#2,更新请求消息#2包括标识#2。S511. The SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #2 to the PCF, where the update request message #2 includes the identifier #2.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N7接口向PCF发送更新请求消息#2。The SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #2 to the PCF through the N7 interface.
例如,更新请求消息#2的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Update Requset(PduSessionId1=5+80=85)。For example, the format of the update request message #2 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Update Requestet(PduSessionId1=5+80=85).
S512,PCF根据更新请求消息#2更新标识#1,或者,也可以说,更新映射关系#2。S512. The PCF updates the identifier #1 according to the update request message #2, or, it can also be said, updates the mapping relationship #2.
例如,PCF根据更新请求消息#1中的标识#2将映射关系#2更新为IMSI#1和标识#2 的对应关系。For example, the PCF updates the mapping relationship #2 to the corresponding relationship between the IMSI #1 and the identifier #2 according to the identifier #2 in the update request message #1.
应理解,更新请求消息#1和更新请求消息#2的发送顺序不做限定,即S509和S511的先后顺序不做限定。It should be understood that the sending order of the update request message #1 and the update request message #2 is not limited, that is, the sequence of S509 and S511 is not limited.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例中,当终端设备的第一会话需要从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送更新消息,该更新消息中携带了根据第一EBI生成的第一PDU会话标识。换言之,本申请通过在更新消息中携带第一PDU会话标识,使得策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元能够及时更新第一会话的PDU会话标识,避免和之后建立的会话的会话标识重复,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。In view of this, in this embodiment of the application, when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send a first request message, and the first core network device After receiving the first request message, an update message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI. In other words, this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
例如,当会话#1切换至N3GPP接入技术中,方法500还包括:For example, when the session #1 is handed over to the N3GPP access technology, the method 500 further includes:
S513,SMF/PGW-C经过SGW向MME发送释放消息,例如,删除承载请求(delete bearer request)消息,携带发生切换的会话的标识,即EBI#1。S513, the SMF/PGW-C sends a release message to the MME through the SGW, for example, a delete bearer request (delete bearer request) message, carrying the identifier of the session where the handover occurs, that is, EBI#1.
例如,删除承载请求消息的形式可以为:Delete Bearer Request(EBI=5)。For example, the format of the delete bearer request message may be: Delete Bearer Request (EBI=5).
MME在收到释放消息后,会将标识会话#1的EBI#1释放。After receiving the release message, the MME will release the EBI#1 identifying the session #1.
S514,当终端设备再次通过3GPP接入技术发起会话#2时,与S501至S506类似,核心网设备会通过3GPP技术发起会话#2的创建流程。此时,MME通过SGW向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#2的创建请求消息#5。S514, when the terminal device initiates the session #2 again through the 3GPP access technology, similar to S501 to S506, the core network device initiates the creation process of the session #2 through the 3GPP technology. At this time, the MME sends a creation request message #5 of the session #2 to the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW.
类似地,消息#5可以包括MME为会话#2分配的EBI#3,由于在S513中,MME为会话#1生成的EBI#1已经完成释放,因此MME为会话#2分配的EBI#3可能会和之前为会话#1分配的EBI#1相同,例如,EBI#3的取值为5。Similarly, message #5 may include EBI #3 allocated by MME for session #2, since in S513, EBI #1 generated by MME for session #1 has been released, so EBI #3 allocated by MME for session #2 may It will be the same as the EBI#1 assigned to session #1 before, for example, the value of EBI#3 is 5.
例如,会话#2为彩信业务,会话#2的创建请求消息#5的形式可以为:Create Session Request(APN=mms,EBI=5)。For example, session #2 is multimedia message service, and the form of creating request message #5 of session #2 can be: Create Session Request (APN=mms, EBI=5).
S515至S519,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#3生成PDU会话标识#3,并通过创建请求消息#6和创建请求消息#7将标识#3发送至CHF和PCF,使得CHF和PCF可以保存终端设备的标识和标识#3的对应关系。S515 to S519, SMF/PGW-C generates PDU session identifier #3 according to EBI#3, and sends identifier #3 to CHF and PCF through creation request message #6 and creation request message #7, so that CHF and PCF can save the terminal The correspondence between the device ID and ID #3.
例如,创建请求消息#6的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requset(PduSessionId2=5+64=69,ChargingId2=ChargingIdB)。创建请求消息#7的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requset(PduSessionId2=5+64=69)。For example, the form of the create request message #6 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requestet(PduSessionId2=5+64=69, ChargingId2=ChargingIdB). The form of the create request message #7 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requestet(PduSessionId2=5+64=69).
如果EBI#1和EBI#3相同,则标识#1和标识#3也是相同的,然而,此时在CHF和PCF中,标识#3用于标识终端设备的会话#2,而标识会话#1的PDU会话标识在S507至S512中已经更新为标识#2,不会出现重复。也就是说,通过本申请的方法,使得策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元能够及时更新第一会话的PDU会话标识,避免和之后建立的会话的会话标识重复,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。If EBI#1 and EBI#3 are the same, then the identity #1 and identity #3 are also the same, however, in CHF and PCF at this time, identity #3 is used to identify session #2 of the terminal device, while identifying session #1 The PDU session identifier of the PDU has been updated to identifier #2 in S507 to S512, and there will be no duplication. That is to say, through the method of this application, the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding duplication with the session identifier of the session established later, so that the terminal device Multiple services can be performed simultaneously to improve user experience.
S515至S519的具体步骤与S502至S506类似,在此不再赘述。The specific steps from S515 to S519 are similar to those from S502 to S506 and will not be repeated here.
应理解,S501和S507中HI标志位的取值仅为举例说明,本申请不做限定。It should be understood that the values of the HI flag bits in S501 and S507 are for illustration only, and are not limited in this application.
下面结合图6对本申请提供的通信方法400的另一具体实现进行描述。图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的又一示意性流程图。应理解,在图6的方法600中,以方 法400中的第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为3GPP接入技术为例进行说明。Another specific implementation of the communication method 400 provided by the present application will be described below with reference to FIG. 6 . Fig. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that in the method 600 in FIG. 6 , the first access technology in the method 400 is the N3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is the 3GPP access technology as an example for illustration.
S601,当终端设备通过N3GPP接入技术发起会话#1时,核心网设备会通过N3GPP技术发起会话#1的创建流程,此时,ePDG向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#1的创建请求消息#1,消息#1中包括用于标识会话#1的EBI#1。例如,EBI#1的取值为6。S601. When the terminal device initiates session #1 through the N3GPP access technology, the core network device initiates the session #1 creation process through the N3GPP technology. At this time, the ePDG sends a session #1 creation request message to the SMF/PGW-C# 1. Message #1 includes EBI #1 for identifying session #1. For example, the value of EBI#1 is 6.
可选地,消息#1中可以包括HI标志位,例如,该字段取值为0,表示终端设备的会话#1是新建的会话。Optionally, the message #1 may include an HI flag bit, for example, if the value of this field is 0, it indicates that the session #1 of the terminal device is a new session.
例如,会话#1为语音业务,会话#1的创建请求消息#1的形式可以为:Create Session Request(APN=voice,EBI=6)。For example, session #1 is a voice service, and the form of the creation request message #1 of session #1 may be: Create Session Request (APN=voice, EBI=6).
S602,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#1生成PDU会话标识#1。S602. The SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session ID #1 according to the EBI #1.
由于会话#1是通过N3GPP接入技术发起的会话,SMF/PGW-C根据协议规定,根据第一预设值为80生成的PDU会话标识#1。例如,生成的标识#1为6+80=86。Since the session #1 is a session initiated through the N3GPP access technology, the SMF/PGW-C generates the PDU session identifier #1 according to the first preset value of 80 according to the protocol. For example, the generated token #1 is 6+80=86.
S603,SMF/PGW-C向CHF发送创建请求消息#2,消息#2包括标识#1。S603, the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #2 to the CHF, and the message #2 includes the identifier #1.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N40接口向CHF发送创建请求消息#2。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #2 to CHF through N40 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#2的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requset(PduSessionId1=6+80=86,ChargingId1=ChargingIdA)。For example, the form of the create request message #2 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requestet (PduSessionId1=6+80=86, ChargingId1=ChargingIdA).
S604,CHF保存终端设备的标识和标识#1的映射关系。S604, the CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #1.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,CHF保存IMSI#1和标识#1的映射关系#1。For example, the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the CHF stores the mapping relationship #1 between IMSI#1 and identifier #1.
S605,SMF/PGW-C向PCF发送创建请求消息#3,消息#3包括标识#1。S605, the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #3 to the PCF, and the message #3 includes the identifier #1.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N7接口向PCF发送创建请求消息#3。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #3 to PCF through N7 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#3的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requset(PduSessionId1=6+80=86)。For example, the form of the create request message #3 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requestet(PduSessionId1=6+80=86).
应理解,消息#2和消息#3的发送顺序不做限定,即S603和S604的先后顺序不做限定。It should be understood that the sending order of message #2 and message #3 is not limited, that is, the order of S603 and S604 is not limited.
S606,PCF保存终端设备的标识和标识#1的映射关系。S606. The PCF stores the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #1.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,PCF保存IMSI#1和标识#1的映射关系#2。For example, the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the PCF stores the mapping relationship #2 between the IMSI#1 and the identifier #1.
S607,当终端设备发生移动性切换,由N3GPP技术接入网切换至3GPP技术接入网,会话#1将会切换至3GPP技术接入网,此时MME将会经过SGW向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#1的创建请求消息#4,消息#4包括MME重新分配的EBI#2。由于EBI#2和EBI#1是不同的网元分配的,因此可能会出现分配的EBI的值相同的情况。例如,EBI#2的取值为6。S607. When the mobility handover of the terminal equipment occurs, the N3GPP technical access network is switched to the 3GPP technical access network, and the session #1 will be switched to the 3GPP technical access network. At this time, the MME will communicate with the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW. The creation request message #4 of the session #1 is sent, and the message #4 includes the EBI #2 reallocated by the MME. Since EBI #2 and EBI #1 are allocated by different network elements, it may happen that the allocated EBI values are the same. For example, the value of EBI#2 is 6.
消息#4中还包括HI标志位,例如,该字段取值为1,表示终端设备的会话#1是发生切换的会话。或者也可以理解为,表示终端设备的会话#1从N3GPP接入技术切换至3GPP接入技术。Message #4 also includes a HI flag bit. For example, if this field takes a value of 1, it indicates that session #1 of the terminal device is a session where handover occurs. Or it can also be understood as indicating that the session #1 of the terminal device is switched from the N3GPP access technology to the 3GPP access technology.
例如,会话#1的创建请求消息#4的形式可以为:Create Session Request(EBI=6)。For example, the form of the creation request message #4 of the session #1 may be: Create Session Request (EBI=6).
S608,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#2生成PDU会话标识#2。S608, SMF/PGW-C generates PDU session ID #2 according to EBI #2.
由于会话#1切换至3GPP接入技术,SMF/PGW-C根据协议规定,根据第一预设值为64生成的PDU会话标识#2。例如,生成的标识#2为6+64=70。Since the session #1 is switched to the 3GPP access technology, the SMF/PGW-C generates the PDU session identifier #2 according to the first preset value of 64 according to the protocol. For example, the generated token #2 is 6+64=70.
S609,SMF/PGW-C向CHF发送更新请求消息#1,更新请求消息#1包括标识#2。S609, the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #1 to the CHF, where the update request message #1 includes the identifier #2.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N40接口向CHF发送更新请求消息#1。The SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #1 to the CHF through the N40 interface.
例如,更新请求消息#1的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Update Requset(PduSessionId1=6+64=70,ChargingId1=ChargingIdA)。For example, the format of the update request message #1 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Update Requestet (PduSessionId1=6+64=70, ChargingId1=ChargingIdA).
S610,CHF根据更新请求消息#1更新标识#1,或者,也可以说,更新映射关系#1。S610, the CHF updates the identity #1 according to the update request message #1, or, it can also be said, updates the mapping relationship #1.
例如,CHF根据更新请求消息#1中的标识#2将映射关系#1更新为IMSI#1和标识#2的对应关系。For example, the CHF updates the mapping relationship #1 to the corresponding relationship between the IMSI #1 and the identifier #2 according to the identifier #2 in the update request message #1.
S611,SMF/PGW-C向PCF发送更新请求消息#2,更新请求消息#2包括标识#2。S611, the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #2 to the PCF, where the update request message #2 includes the identifier #2.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N7接口向PCF发送更新请求消息#2。The SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #2 to the PCF through the N7 interface.
例如,更新请求消息#2的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Update Requset(PduSessionId1=6+64=70)。For example, the format of the update request message #2 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Update Requestet(PduSessionId1=6+64=70).
S612,PCF根据更新请求消息#2更新标识#1,或者,也可以说,更新映射关系#2。S612. The PCF updates the identity #1 according to the update request message #2, or, it can also be said, updates the mapping relationship #2.
例如,PCF根据更新请求消息#1中的标识#2将映射关系#2更新为IMSI#1和标识#2的对应关系。For example, the PCF updates the mapping relationship #2 to the corresponding relationship between the IMSI #1 and the identifier #2 according to the identifier #2 in the update request message #1.
应理解,更新请求消息#1和更新请求消息#2的发送顺序不做限定,即S609和S611的先后顺序不做限定。It should be understood that the sending order of the update request message #1 and the update request message #2 is not limited, that is, the sequence of S609 and S611 is not limited.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例中,当终端设备的第一会话需要从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送更新消息,该更新消息中携带了根据第一EBI生成的第一PDU会话标识。换言之,本申请通过在更新消息中携带第一PDU会话标识,使得策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元能够及时更新第一会话的PDU会话标识,避免和之后建立的会话的会话标识重复,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。In view of this, in this embodiment of the application, when the first session of the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, the second core network device will send a first request message, and the first core network device After receiving the first request message, an update message will be sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, and the update message carries the first PDU session identifier generated according to the first EBI. In other words, this application carries the first PDU session identifier in the update message, so that the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding the session identifier of the session established later Repeat, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
例如,当会话#1切换至3GPP接入技术中,方法600还包括:For example, when session #1 is handed over to the 3GPP access technology, the method 600 further includes:
S613,SMF/PGW-C向ePDG发送释放消息,例如,删除承载请求(delete bearer request)消息,携带发生切换的会话的标识,即EBI#1。S613, the SMF/PGW-C sends a release message to the ePDG, for example, a delete bearer request (delete bearer request) message, carrying the identifier of the session where the handover occurs, that is, EBI#1.
例如,删除承载请求消息的形式可以为:Delete Bearer Request(EBI=6)。For example, the format of the delete bearer request message may be: Delete Bearer Request (EBI=6).
MME在收到释放消息后,会将标识会话#1的EBI#1释放。After receiving the release message, the MME will release the EBI#1 identifying the session #1.
S614,当终端设备再次通过N3GPP接入技术发起会话#2时,与S601至S606类似,核心网设备会通过N3GPP技术发起会话#2的创建流程。此时,ePDG向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#2的创建请求消息#5。S614, when the terminal device initiates the session #2 again through the N3GPP access technology, similar to S601 to S606, the core network device initiates the creation process of the session #2 through the N3GPP technology. At this point, the ePDG sends a session #2 creation request message #5 to the SMF/PGW-C.
类似地,消息#5可以包括ePDG为会话#2分配的EBI#3,由于在S613中,ePDG为会话#1生成的EBI#1已经完成释放,因此ePDG为会话#2分配的EBI#3可能会和之前为会话#1分配的EBI#1相同,例如,EBI#3的取值为6。Similarly, message #5 may include EBI #3 allocated by ePDG for session #2. Since EBI #1 generated by ePDG for session #1 has been released in S613, EBI #3 allocated by ePDG for session #2 may It will be the same as the EBI#1 assigned to session #1 before, for example, the value of EBI#3 is 6.
例如,会话#2为彩信业务,会话#2的创建请求消息#5的形式可以为:Create Session Request(APN=mms,EBI=6)。For example, session #2 is a multimedia message service, and the form of creating request message #5 of session #2 may be: Create Session Request (APN=mms, EBI=6).
S615至S619,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#3生成PDU会话标识#3,并通过创建请求消息#6和创建请求消息#7将标识#3发送至CHF和PCF,使得CHF可以保存终端设备的标识和标识#3的映射关系#3、PCF可以保存终端设备的标识和标识#3的映射关系#4。From S615 to S619, SMF/PGW-C generates PDU session identifier #3 according to EBI#3, and sends identifier #3 to CHF and PCF through creation request message #6 and creation request message #7, so that CHF can save the terminal device's The mapping relationship #3 between the identifier and the identifier #3, and the PCF may save the mapping relationship #4 between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #3.
例如,创建请求消息#6的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requset (PduSessionId2=6+80=86,ChargingId2=ChargingIdB)。创建请求消息#7的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requset(PduSessionId2=6+80=86)。For example, the form of the create request message #6 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requestet (PduSessionId2=6+80=86, ChargingId2=ChargingIdB). The form of the create request message #7 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requestet(PduSessionId2=6+80=86).
如果EBI#1和EBI#3相同,则标识#1和标识#3也是相同的,然而,此时在CHF和PCF中,标识#3用于标识终端设备的会话#2,而标识会话#1的PDU会话标识在S607至S612中已经更新为标识#2,不会出现重复。也就是说,通过本申请的方法,使得策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元能够及时更新第一会话的PDU会话标识,避免和之后建立的会话的会话标识重复,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。If EBI#1 and EBI#3 are the same, then the identity #1 and identity #3 are also the same, however, in CHF and PCF at this time, identity #3 is used to identify session #2 of the terminal device, while identifying session #1 The PDU session identifier of the PDU has been updated to identifier #2 in S607 to S612, and there will be no duplication. That is to say, through the method of this application, the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element can update the PDU session identifier of the first session in time, avoiding duplication with the session identifier of the session established later, so that the terminal device Multiple services can be performed simultaneously to improve user experience.
S615至S619的具体步骤与S602至S606类似,在此不再赘述。The specific steps from S615 to S619 are similar to those from S602 to S606 and will not be repeated here.
应理解,S601和S607中HI标志位的取值仅为举例说明,本申请不做限定。It should be understood that the values of the HI flag bits in S601 and S607 are for illustration only, and are not limited in this application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图。图7所述的方法700可以由图1至图3中任一种通信系统执行。Fig. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 700 shown in FIG. 7 may be executed by any communication system in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 .
S710,第二核心网设备发送第一请求消息,相应地,第一核心网设备接收第一请求消息,该第一请求消息用于请通过第一接入技术创建终端设备的第一会话,该第一请求消息包括第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI。S710. The second core network device sends a first request message. Correspondingly, the first core network device receives the first request message. The first request message is used to request to create a first session of the terminal device through the first access technology. The first request message includes a first EPS bearer identifier EBI of the first session.
当终端设备需要通过第一接入技术创建第一会话时,第二核心网设备会向第一核心网设备发送第一请求消息,第一请求消息包括第一会话的会话标识,即第一EBI。When the terminal device needs to create a first session through the first access technology, the second core network device will send a first request message to the first core network device, and the first request message includes the session identifier of the first session, that is, the first EBI .
可选地,第一请求消息可以是会话创建请求(create session request)消息,会话创建请求消息中包括切换指示(handover indication,HI)标志位,切换指示标识位用于指示终端设备的第一会话是否是初始建立的会话,例如,切换指示标志位可以指示终端设备的第一会话是初始建立的会话,即终端设备需要通过第一接入技术创建第一会话,第一核心网设备可以解析切换指示标志位的信息,从而确定第一终端设备的第一会话是初始建立的会话。Optionally, the first request message may be a session creation request (create session request) message, the session creation request message includes a handover indication (handover indication, HI) flag, and the handover indication flag is used to indicate the first session of the terminal device Whether it is an initially established session, for example, the handover indication flag can indicate that the first session of the terminal device is an initially established session, that is, the terminal device needs to use the first access technology to create the first session, and the first core network device can resolve the handover Indicate the information of the flag bit, so as to determine that the first session of the first terminal device is an initially established session.
应理解,本申请中,终端设备的第一会话可以是切换的会话,也可以是初始建立的会话。在方法700中,第一会话为初始建立的会话。It should be understood that in this application, the first session of the terminal device may be a switched session or an initially established session. In method 700, the first session is an initially established session.
S720,第一核心网设备在确定第一PDU会话标识为终端设备的重复标识时,向第三核心网设备发送创建消息,该创建消息包括第二PDU会话标识,第二PDU会话标识和第一PDU会话标识不同,第一PDU会话标识是根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成的。对应地,第三核心网设备接收该创建消息。其中,第三核心网设备为策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元。S720. When the first core network device determines that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device, send a creation message to the third core network device, where the creation message includes the second PDU session identifier, the second PDU session identifier and the first PDU session identifier. The PDU session identifiers are different, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value. Correspondingly, the third core network device receives the creation message. Wherein, the third core network device is a network element with a policy control function and/or a network element with a charging function.
第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,在确定第一PDU会话标识为终端设备的重复标识时,会向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送创建消息,例如,创建消息可以是创建请求(create request)消息,该创建消息中携带了第二PDU会话标识(PDU session identify),且第二PDU会话标识和第一PDU会话标识不同,其中,第一PDU会话标识根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成。换言之,第一核心网设备可以将标识第一会话的第一EBI转换为和第一PDU会话标识不同的第二PDU会话标识,通过第二PDU会话标识来标识第一会话,并在发送给策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元的创建消息中携带该第二PDU会话标识。After receiving the first request message, the first core network device will send creation messages to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively when determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device, for example , the creation message may be a create request message, which carries a second PDU session identifier (PDU session identify), and the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, wherein the first PDU session The identifier is generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value. In other words, the first core network device may convert the first EBI identifying the first session into a second PDU session ID different from the first PDU session ID, identify the first session by the second PDU session ID, and send the EBI to the policy The creation message of the control function network element and/or the charging function network element carries the second PDU session identifier.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例中,当终端设备需要通过第一接入技术创建第一会话时,第二核心网设备会发送第一请求消息,第一核心网设备在接收到第一请求消息后,会向策略 控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元分别发送创建消息,该创建消息中携带了第二PDU会话标识,且第二PDU会话标识和第一PDU会话标识不同,其中,第一PDU会话标识根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成。换言之,本申请通过在创建消息中携带与第一PDU会话标识不同的第二PDU会话标识,避免策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元收到与第一会话的PDU会话标识重复的会话标识,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。In view of this, in the embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device needs to create the first session through the first access technology, the second core network device will send the first request message, and the first core network device will receive the first request message Afterwards, a creation message will be sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element respectively, the creation message carries the second PDU session identifier, and the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, wherein, The first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value. In other words, the present application carries the second PDU session identifier different from the first PDU session identifier in the creation message, so as to prevent the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element from receiving the same PDU session identifier as the first session. Session identification, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
应理解,在S720中,可以根据实际应用情况只向策略控制功能网元发送创建消息,或者,只向计费功能网元发送创建消息,或者,向策略控制功能网元和计费功能网元均发送创建消息。此外,当第一核心网设备向策略控制功能网元和计费功能网元均发送创建消息时,向策略控制功能网元发送创建消息和向计费功能网元发送创建消息的先后顺序不做限定,可以先向策略控制功能网元发送,也可以先向计费功能网元发送。It should be understood that in S720, according to actual application conditions, the creation message may be sent only to the network element with the policy control function, or the creation message may be sent only to the network element with the charging function, or, the creation message may be sent to the network element with the policy control function and the network element with the charging function Both send create messages. In addition, when the first core network device sends the creation message to both the policy control function network element and the charging function network element, the order of sending the creation message to the policy control function network element and the charging function network element does not change. limited, it can be sent to the network element with the policy control function first, or it can be sent to the network element with the charging function first.
在一种实现方式中,第一核心网设备为SMF/PGW-C。In an implementation manner, the first core network device is an SMF/PGW-C.
可选地,该方法700还包括:S730,第一核心网设备根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成第一PDU会话标识,根据第一EBI和第二预设值生成第二PDU会话标识,其中,第二预设值和第一预设值不同。Optionally, the method 700 further includes: S730, the first core network device generates a first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and a first preset value, and generates a second PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and a second preset value , wherein the second preset value is different from the first preset value.
第一核心网设备可以先根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成第一PDU会话标识,在确定第一PDU会话标识为终端设备的重复标识时,选择与第一预设值不同的第二预设值,根据第一EBI和第二预设值生成第二PDU会话标识。即第一核心网设备可以将标识第一会话的第一EBI转换为和第一PDU会话标识不同的第二PDU会话标识,通过第二PDU会话标识来标识第一会话。其中,第一预设值取决于协议中定义的PDU会话生成规则。第二预设值可以是协议定义的,也可以是第一核心网中预配置的。The first core network device may first generate the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value, and select a second PDU session identifier different from the first preset value when determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device. A preset value, generating a second PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and a second preset value. That is, the first core network device may convert the first EBI identifying the first session into a second PDU session ID different from the first PDU session ID, and use the second PDU session ID to identify the first session. Wherein, the first preset value depends on the PDU session generation rule defined in the protocol. The second preset value may be defined by the protocol, or may be preconfigured in the first core network.
换言之,S730中,生成第一PDU会话标识和生成第二PDU会话标识可以不是同时发生的。In other words, in S730, the generation of the first PDU session identifier and the generation of the second PDU session identifier may not occur simultaneously.
可选地,在S710之前,该方法700还包括:S701,第二核心网设备发送第二请求消息,相应地,第一核心网设备接收第二请求消息,该第二请求消息用于请求通过第一接入技术创建第二会话,该第二请求消息包括第二会话的第二EBI。Optionally, before S710, the method 700 further includes: S701, the second core network device sends a second request message, correspondingly, the first core network device receives the second request message, and the second request message is used to request to pass The first access technology creates a second session, and the second request message includes a second EBI of the second session.
即在创建第一会话之前,第一核心网设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第二请求消息,第二请求消息用于请求通过第一接入技术创建第二会话,第二请求消息包括第二会话的第二EBI。That is, before creating the first session, the first core network device receives a second request message from the second core network device, the second request message is used to request to create a second session through the first access technology, and the second request message includes the first The second EBI of the second session.
S702,第一核心网设备根据该第二EBI和第一预设值生成第三PDU会话标识。S702. The first core network device generates a third PDU session identifier according to the second EBI and the first preset value.
第一核心网设备可以根据第二EBI和第一预设值生成第三PDU会话标识,即第一核心网设备可以将标识第二会话的第二EBI转换为第三PDU会话标识,通过第三PDU会话标识来标识第二会话。其中,第一预设值取决于协议中定义的PDU会话生成规则。The first core network device may generate a third PDU session identifier according to the second EBI and the first preset value, that is, the first core network device may convert the second EBI identifying the second session into a third PDU session identifier, and pass the third The PDU session identifier is used to identify the second session. Wherein, the first preset value depends on the PDU session generation rule defined in the protocol.
可选地,该方法700还包括:S740,第一核心网设备确定第一PDU会话标识为终端设备的重复标识。Optionally, the method 700 further includes: S740, the first core network device determines that the first PDU session identifier is a repeated identifier of the terminal device.
其中,第一核心网设备确定第一PDU会话标识为终端设备的重复标识,包括:第一核心网设备确定第三PDU会话标识和第一PDU会话标识相同。Wherein, the first core network device determining that the first PDU session identifier is a duplicate identifier of the terminal device includes: the first core network device determining that the third PDU session identifier is the same as the first PDU session identifier.
在S730中,第一核心网设备根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成了第一PDU会话标识,若第一核心网设备通过比较确定第一PDU会话标识和之前生成的第三PDU会话标识相同, 则确定第一PDU会话标识为终端设备的重复标识。In S730, the first core network device generates the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value, if the first core network device determines the first PDU session identifier and the previously generated third PDU session identifier by comparing If they are the same, it is determined that the first PDU session identifier is a repeated identifier of the terminal device.
可选地,在S702之后,第一核心网设备会接收到第三请求消息,该第三请求消息用于请求终端设备的第二会话从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术。第一核心网设备在执行切换的过程中,会向第二核心网设备发送释放消息,该释放消息用于释放标识第二会话的第二EBI。第二核心网设备在收到释放消息后,会将第二EBI释放,从而在为第一会话分配EBI时,分配的第一EBI可能会和第二EBI相同。Optionally, after S702, the first core network device receives a third request message, where the third request message is used to request the second session of the terminal device to switch from the first access technology to the second access technology. During the handover process, the first core network device will send a release message to the second core network device, where the release message is used to release the second EBI identifying the second session. After receiving the release message, the second core network device will release the second EBI, so that when the EBI is allocated for the first session, the allocated first EBI may be the same as the second EBI.
在一种实现方式中,第一预设值根据第一接入技术确定,第二预设值根据第一预设值确定,第二预设值和第一预设值不同。In an implementation manner, the first preset value is determined according to the first access technology, the second preset value is determined according to the first preset value, and the second preset value is different from the first preset value.
即第一核心网设备可以使用与第一预设值不同的第二预设值来生成第二PDU会话标识。That is, the first core network device may use a second preset value different from the first preset value to generate the second PDU session identifier.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为N3GPP接入技术。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is an N3GPP access technology.
即,终端设备需要通过3GPP接入技术发起第一会话。That is, the terminal device needs to initiate the first session through the 3GPP access technology.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二核心网设备为MME。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology, and the second core network device is an MME.
当终端设备需要通过3GPP接入技术发起第一会话,3GPP接入网中的MME会为建立的第一会话分配第一EBI,并由MME向第一核心网设备发送第一请求消息。When the terminal device needs to initiate the first session through the 3GPP access technology, the MME in the 3GPP access network will allocate the first EBI for the established first session, and the MME will send the first request message to the first core network device.
应理解,当MME向第一核心网设备发送第一请求消息,可以是MME先发送至SGW,再由SGW发送至第一核心网设备。It should be understood that when the MME sends the first request message to the first core network device, the MME may first send it to the SGW, and then the SGW sends it to the first core network device.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第一预设值为64。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology, and the first preset value is 64.
也就是说,第一核心网设备根据第一接入技术,即3GPP接入技术中的PDU会话标识的生成规则生成第一PDU会话标识。在协议TS 29.571中规定,对于采用3GPP技术的接入网,由SMF/PGW-C网元在MME分配的默认承载标识的基础上加64,即第一预设值为64。That is to say, the first core network device generates the first PDU session identifier according to the first access technology, that is, the generation rule of the PDU session identifier in the 3GPP access technology. It is stipulated in the protocol TS 29.571 that for the access network using 3GPP technology, the SMF/PGW-C network element adds 64 to the default bearer identifier assigned by the MME, that is, the first preset value is 64.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第一预设值为64。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology, and the first preset value is 64.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为3GPP接入技术。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology.
即,终端设备需要通过N3GPP接入技术发起第一会话。That is, the terminal device needs to initiate the first session through the N3GPP access technology.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,第二核心网设备为MME。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology, and the second core network device is an MME.
当终端设备需要通过N3GPP接入技术发起第一会话,N3GPP接入网中的ePDG会为建立的第一会话分配第一EBI,并由ePDG向第一核心网设备发送第一请求消息。When the terminal device needs to initiate the first session through the N3GPP access technology, the ePDG in the N3GPP access network will allocate the first EBI for the established first session, and the ePDG will send the first request message to the first core network device.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,第一预设值为80。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology, and the first preset value is 80.
也就是说,第一核心网设备根据第一接入技术,即N3GPP接入技术中的PDU会话标识的生成规则生成第一PDU会话标识。在协议TS 29.571中规定,对于采用N3GPP技术的接入网,由SMF/PGW-C网元在ePDG分配的默认承载标识的基础上加80,即第一预设值为80。That is to say, the first core network device generates the first PDU session identifier according to the first access technology, that is, the generation rule of the PDU session identifier in the N3GPP access technology. It is stipulated in the protocol TS 29.571 that for the access network using N3GPP technology, the SMF/PGW-C network element adds 80 to the default bearer identifier assigned by ePDG, that is, the first default value is 80.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二预设值为96、128、160、192、224中任一个。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology, and the second preset value is any one of 96, 128, 160, 192, and 224.
在一种实现方式中,第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,第二预设值为112、144、176、208、240中任一个。In an implementation manner, the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology, and the second preset value is any one of 112, 144, 176, 208, and 240.
由于EBI的取值范围为0~15,协议中定义,在3GPP接入技术中,第一预设值为64,在N3GPP接入技术中,第一预设值为80,从而在3GPP接入技术中,PDU会话标识的取值为64~79,在N3GPP接入技术中,PDU会话标识的取值为80~95。因此,在确定第一PDU会话标识为终端设备的重复标识时,第一核心网设备可以启用一个新的分段来生成PDU会话,具体而言,使用与第一预设值不同的第二预设值。例如,在3GPP接入技术中,第二预设值可以为96、128、160、192、224中任一个。在N3GPP接入技术中,第二预设值为112、144、176、208、240中任一个。Since the value range of EBI is 0 to 15, it is defined in the agreement that in the 3GPP access technology, the first default value is 64, and in the N3GPP access technology, the first default value is 80, so that in the 3GPP access In the technology, the value of the PDU session identifier is 64-79, and in the N3GPP access technology, the value of the PDU session identifier is 80-95. Therefore, when determining that the first PDU session identifier is a repeated identifier of the terminal device, the first core network device may enable a new segment to generate the PDU session, specifically, use a second preset value different from the first preset value. set value. For example, in the 3GPP access technology, the second preset value may be any one of 96, 128, 160, 192, and 224. In the N3GPP access technology, the second preset value is any one of 112, 144, 176, 208, and 240.
可选地,第二预设值的取值也可以为以下方式:在N3GPP接入技术中为96、128、160、192、224中任一个,在3GPP接入技术中为112、144、176、208、240中任一个。Optionally, the value of the second preset value can also be in the following manner: in the N3GPP access technology, it is any one of 96, 128, 160, 192, and 224, and in the 3GPP access technology, it is 112, 144, 176 , 208, 240 any one.
可选地,第二预设值可以为96至255中任一个数值。Optionally, the second preset value may be any value from 96 to 255.
应理解,以上第二预设值仅为举例说明,实际应用中,只要可以与第一预设值区分且不会和现有的PDU会话标识的取值冲突即可,本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that the above second preset value is only an example. In practical applications, as long as it can be distinguished from the first preset value and does not conflict with the value of the existing PDU session identifier, this application does not make any limited.
在一种实现方式中,该方法700还包括:S740,第三核心网设备保存终端设备的标识和第二PDU会话标识的映射关系。In an implementation manner, the method 700 further includes: S740, the third core network device stores the mapping relationship between the terminal device identifier and the second PDU session identifier.
策略控制网元和/或计费功能网元可以将终端设备的标识和第二PDU会话标识之间的映射关系保存下来,从而通过第二PDU会话标识管理终端设备的第一会话。The policy control network element and/or the charging function network element may save the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the second PDU session identifier, so as to manage the first session of the terminal device through the second PDU session identifier.
可选地,终端设备的标识可以是国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identity,IMSI),其用于标识不同的终端设备。Optionally, the identifier of the terminal device may be an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI), which is used to identify different terminal devices.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备为不具备4G和5G互操作能力。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device does not have the interoperability between 4G and 5G.
下面结合图8对本申请提供的通信方法700的具体实现进行描述。图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的又一示意性流程图。应理解,在图8的方法800中,以方法700中的第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为N3GPP接入技术为例进行说明。The specific implementation of the communication method 700 provided by the present application will be described below with reference to FIG. 8 . FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that, in the method 800 in FIG. 8 , the first access technology in the method 700 is the 3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is the N3GPP access technology as an example for description.
S801,当终端设备通过3GPP接入技术发起会话#2时,核心网设备会通过3GPP技术发起会话#2的创建流程,此时,MME通过SGW向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#2的创建请求(create session request)消息#1,消息#1中包括用于标识会话#2的EBI#2。例如,EBI#2的取值为5。S801. When the terminal device initiates session #2 through the 3GPP access technology, the core network device initiates the session #2 creation process through the 3GPP technology. At this time, the MME sends a session #2 creation request to the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW (create session request) message #1, including EBI #2 for identifying session #2 in message #1. For example, the value of EBI#2 is 5.
可选地,消息#1中可以包括HI标志位,例如,该字段取值为0,表示终端设备的会话#2是初始建立的会话。Optionally, the message #1 may include an HI flag bit, for example, the value of this field is 0, indicating that the session #2 of the terminal device is an initially established session.
例如,会话#2为语音业务,会话#2的创建请求消息#1的形式可以为:Create Session Request(APN=voice,EBI=5)。For example, session #2 is a voice service, and the form of the creation request message #1 of session #2 may be: Create Session Request (APN=voice, EBI=5).
S802,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#2生成PDU会话标识#3。S802. The SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session ID #3 according to the EBI #2.
由于会话#2是通过3GPP接入技术发起的会话,SMF/PGW-C根据协议规定,根据第一预设值为64生成的PDU会话标识#3。例如,生成的标识#3为5+64=69。Since the session #2 is a session initiated through the 3GPP access technology, the SMF/PGW-C generates the PDU session identifier #3 based on the first preset value of 64 according to the protocol. For example, the generated token #3 is 5+64=69.
S803,SMF/PGW-C向CHF发送创建请求(create request)消息#2,消息#2包括标识#3。S803, the SMF/PGW-C sends a create request (create request) message #2 to the CHF, and the message #2 includes the identifier #3.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N40接口向CHF发送创建请求消息#2。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #2 to CHF through N40 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#2的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requset(PduSessionId1=5+64=69,ChargingId1=ChargingIdA)。For example, the form of the create request message #2 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requestet (PduSessionId1=5+64=69, ChargingId1=ChargingIdA).
S804,CHF保存终端设备的标识和标识#3的映射关系。S804. The CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #3.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,CHF保存IMSI#1和标识#3的映射关系#1。For example, the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the CHF stores the mapping relationship #1 between IMSI#1 and identifier #3.
S805,SMF/PGW-C向PCF发送创建请求消息#3,消息#3包括标识#3。S805, the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #3 to the PCF, and the message #3 includes the identifier #3.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N7接口向PCF发送创建请求消息#3。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #3 to PCF through N7 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#3的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requset(PduSessionId1=5+64=69)。For example, the form of the create request message #3 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requestet(PduSessionId1=5+64=69).
应理解,消息#2和消息#3的发送顺序不做限定,即S803和S804的先后顺序不做限定。It should be understood that the sending order of message #2 and message #3 is not limited, that is, the order of S803 and S804 is not limited.
S806,PCF保存终端设备的标识和标识#3的映射关系。S806. The PCF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #3.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,PCF保存IMSI#1和标识#3的映射关系#2。For example, the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the PCF stores the mapping relationship #2 between IMSI#1 and identifier #3.
S807,当终端设备发生移动性切换,由3GPP技术接入网切换至N3GPP技术接入网,会话#2将会切换至N3GPP技术接入网,此时ePDG将会向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#2的创建请求消息#4,消息#4包括ePDG重新分配的EBI#3。由于EBI#3和EBI#3是不同的网元分配的,因此可能会出现分配的EBI的值相同的情况。例如,EBI#3的取值为5。S807. When the mobility handover of the terminal equipment occurs, the 3GPP technical access network is switched to the N3GPP technical access network, and the session #2 will be switched to the N3GPP technical access network. At this time, the ePDG will send the session to the SMF/PGW-C Creation request message #4 of #2, message #4 includes EBI #3 reallocated by the ePDG. Since EBI#3 and EBI#3 are allocated by different network elements, it may happen that the allocated EBI values are the same. For example, the value of EBI#3 is 5.
消息#4中还可能包括HI标志位,例如,该字段取值为1,表示终端设备的会话#2是切换的会话。或者也可以理解为,表示终端设备的会话#2从3GPP接入技术切换至N3GPP接入技术。Message #4 may also include an HI flag bit, for example, if this field takes a value of 1, it indicates that session #2 of the terminal device is a handover session. Or it can also be understood as indicating that the session #2 of the terminal device is switched from the 3GPP access technology to the N3GPP access technology.
例如,会话#2的创建请求消息#4的形式可以为:Create Session Request(EBI=5)。For example, the form of the creation request message #4 of session #2 may be: Create Session Request (EBI=5).
S808,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#3生成PDU会话标识#4。S808, the SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session ID #4 according to the EBI #3.
由于会话#2切换至N3GPP接入技术,SMF/PGW-C根据协议规定,根据第一预设值为80生成的PDU会话标识#4。例如,生成的标识#4为5+80=85。Since the session #2 is switched to the N3GPP access technology, the SMF/PGW-C generates the PDU session identifier #4 according to the first preset value of 80 according to the agreement. For example, the generated token #4 is 5+80=85.
S809,SMF/PGW-C向CHF发送更新请求消息#1。S809, the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #1 to the CHF.
现有协议并未明确切换场景中N40接口中的会话标识应该如何更新,即虽然S808中生成了标识#4,但是按照现有协议流程,更新请求消息#1中不会包括标识#4,更新消息#1中包括的标识仍然为标识#3。The existing protocol does not specify how the session identifier in the N40 interface should be updated in the handover scenario. That is, although the identifier #4 is generated in S808, according to the existing protocol flow, the update request message #1 will not include the identifier #4, and the update request message #1 will not include the identifier #4. The identity included in message #1 is still identity #3.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N40接口向CHF发送更新请求消息#1。The SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #1 to the CHF through the N40 interface.
例如,更新请求消息#1的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Update Requset(PduSessionId1=5+64=69,ChargingId1=ChargingIdA)。For example, the format of the update request message #1 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Update Requestet (PduSessionId1=5+64=69, ChargingId1=ChargingIdA).
S810,CHF根据更新请求消息#1保存标识#3。S810, the CHF saves the identifier #3 according to the update request message #1.
即虽然终端设备的会话#2切换至N3GPP接入技术,且SMF/PGW-C生成了标识#4,但是经过S807至S810,在CHF上,用于标识会话#2的PDU会话标识仍然为标识#3。That is, although the session #2 of the terminal device is switched to the N3GPP access technology, and the SMF/PGW-C generates the identifier #4, after S807 to S810, on the CHF, the PDU session identifier used to identify the session #2 is still the identifier #3.
S811,SMF/PGW-C向PCF发送更新请求消息#2。S811, the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #2 to the PCF.
现有协议中,发往PCF的更新请求消息中不支持携带PDU会话标识,即虽然S808中生成了标识#2,但是按照现有协议流程,更新请求消息#2中不会包括标识#2。In the existing protocol, the update request message sent to the PCF does not support carrying the PDU session identifier, that is, although the identifier #2 is generated in S808, according to the existing protocol flow, the update request message #2 will not include the identifier #2.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N7接口向PCF发送更新请求消息#2。The SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #2 to the PCF through the N7 interface.
例如,更新请求消息#2的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Update Requset()。For example, the form of update request message #2 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Update Requestet().
S812,由于更新请求消息#2中不包括PDU会话标识,因此PCF不会改变本地保存的标识#3。S812. Since the update request message #2 does not include the PDU session identifier, the PCF will not change the locally stored identifier #3.
即虽然终端设备的会话#2切换至N3GPP接入技术,且SMF/PGW-C生成了标识#4,但是经过S807至S812,在PCF上,用于标识会话#2的PDU会话标识仍然为标识#3。That is, although the session #2 of the terminal device is switched to the N3GPP access technology, and the SMF/PGW-C generates the identifier #4, after S807 to S812, on the PCF, the PDU session identifier used to identify the session #2 is still the identifier #3.
应理解,更新请求消息#1和更新请求消息#2的发送顺序不做限定,即S809和S811的先后顺序不做限定。It should be understood that the sending order of the update request message #1 and the update request message #2 is not limited, that is, the sequence of S809 and S811 is not limited.
S813,SMF/PGW-C经过SGW向MME发送释放消息,例如,删除承载请求(delete bearer request)消息,携带发生切换的会话的标识,即EBI#2。S813, the SMF/PGW-C sends a release message to the MME through the SGW, for example, a delete bearer request (delete bearer request) message, carrying the identifier of the session where the handover occurs, that is, EBI#2.
例如,删除承载请求消息的形式可以为:Delete Bearer Request(EBI=5)。For example, the format of the delete bearer request message may be: Delete Bearer Request (EBI=5).
MME在收到释放消息后,会将标识会话#2的EBI#2释放。After receiving the release message, the MME will release the EBI#2 identifying the session #2.
S814,当终端设备再次通过3GPP接入技术发起会话#1时,与S801至S806类似,核心网设备会通过3GPP技术发起会话#1的创建流程。此时,MME通过SGW向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#1的创建请求消息#5。S814, when the terminal device initiates the session #1 again through the 3GPP access technology, similar to S801 to S806, the core network device initiates the creation process of the session #1 through the 3GPP technology. At this time, the MME sends a creation request message #5 of the session #1 to the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW.
类似地,消息#5可以包括MME为会话#1分配的EBI#1,由于在S813中,MME为会话#2生成的EBI#2已经完成释放,因此MME为会话#1分配的EBI#1可能会和之前为会话#2分配的EBI#2相同,例如,EBI#1的取值为5。Similarly, the message #5 may include the EBI #1 allocated by the MME for the session #1. Since the EBI #2 generated by the MME for the session #2 has been released in S813, the EBI #1 allocated by the MME for the session #1 may It will be the same as the EBI#2 assigned to session #2 before, for example, the value of EBI#1 is 5.
例如,会话#1为彩信业务,会话#1的创建请求消息#5的形式可以为:Create Session Request(APN=mms,EBI=5)。For example, session #1 is a multimedia message service, and the form of creating request message #5 of session #1 may be: Create Session Request (APN=mms, EBI=5).
S815,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#1生成PDU会话标识#1。S815, SMF/PGW-C generates PDU session identifier #1 according to EBI #1.
由于会话#1是通过3GPP接入技术发起的会话,SMF/PGW-C根据协议规定,根据第一预设值为64生成的PDU会话标识#1。例如,生成的标识#1为5+64=69。Since the session #1 is a session initiated through the 3GPP access technology, the SMF/PGW-C generates the PDU session identifier #1 according to the first preset value of 64 according to the protocol. For example, the generated token #1 is 5+64=69.
S816,SMF/PGW-C确定标识#1与S802中生成的标识#3相同,即确定标识#1为终端设备的重复标识,则SMF/PGW-C根据第二预设值为会话#1生成的PDU会话标识#2。S816, the SMF/PGW-C determines that the identity #1 is the same as the identity #3 generated in S802, that is, it is determined that the identity #1 is a repeated identity of the terminal device, and then the SMF/PGW-C generates session #1 according to the second preset value PDU session identifier #2.
例如,在3GPP接入技术中,第二预设值可以为96,从而标识#2为5+96=101。For example, in the 3GPP access technology, the second preset value may be 96, so the identifier #2 is 5+96=101.
S817,SMF/PGW-C向CHF发送创建请求(create request)消息#6,消息#6包括标识#2。S817, the SMF/PGW-C sends a create request (create request) message #6 to the CHF, and the message #6 includes the identifier #2.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N40接口向CHF发送创建请求消息#6。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #6 to CHF through N40 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#6的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requset(PduSessionId2=5+96=101,ChargingId2=ChargingIdB)。For example, the form of the create request message #6 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requestet (PduSessionId2=5+96=101, ChargingId2=ChargingIdB).
S818,CHF保存终端设备的标识和标识#2的映射关系。S818. The CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #2.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,CHF保存IMSI#1和标识#2的映射关系#3。For example, the identity of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the CHF stores the mapping relationship #3 between IMSI#1 and identity #2.
S819,SMF/PGW-C向PCF发送创建请求消息#7,消息#7包括标识#2。S819, the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #7 to the PCF, and the message #7 includes the identifier #2.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N7接口向PCF发送创建请求消息#7。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #7 to PCF through N7 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#7的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requset(PduSessionId2=5+96=101)。For example, the form of the create request message #7 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requestet(PduSessionId2=5+96=101).
应理解,消息#6和消息#7的发送顺序不做限定,即S817和S819的先后顺序不做限定。It should be understood that the sending order of message #6 and message #7 is not limited, that is, the order of S817 and S819 is not limited.
S820,PCF保存终端设备的标识和标识#2的映射关系。S820, the PCF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #2.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,PCF保存IMSI#1和标识#2的映射关系#4。For example, the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the PCF stores the mapping relationship #4 between IMSI#1 and identifier #2.
此时,在CHF和PCF中,标识会话#2的PDU会话标识仍然为标识#3,然而标识会话#1的PDU会话标识在S815至S816中生成为标识#2,不会出现重复。也就是说,本申请的方法,通过在创建消息中携带与第一PDU会话标识不同的第二PDU会话标识,避免策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元收到与第一会话的PDU会话标识重复的会话标识, 从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。At this time, in CHF and PCF, the PDU session identifier identifying session #2 is still identifier #3, but the PDU session identifier identifying session #1 is generated as identifier #2 in S815 to S816, and there will be no repetition. That is to say, in the method of the present application, by carrying the second PDU session identifier different from the first PDU session identifier in the creation message, it is avoided that the network element with the policy control function and/or the network element with the charging function receives the connection with the first session. The PDU session identifier repeats the session identifier, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
应理解,S801和S807中HI标志位的取值仅为举例说明,本申请不做限定。It should be understood that the values of the HI flag bits in S801 and S807 are for illustration only, and are not limited in this application.
下面结合图9对本申请提供的通信方法700的另一具体实现进行描述。图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法900的又一示意性流程图。应理解,在图9的方法900中,以方法700中的第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,第二接入技术为3GPP接入技术为例进行说明。Another specific implementation of the communication method 700 provided by the present application will be described below with reference to FIG. 9 . FIG. 9 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that, in the method 900 in FIG. 9 , the first access technology in the method 700 is an N3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a 3GPP access technology as an example for description.
S901,当终端设备通过N3GPP接入技术发起会话#2时,核心网设备会通过N3GPP技术发起会话#2的创建流程,此时,ePDG向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#2的创建请求消息#1,消息#1中包括用于标识会话#2的EBI#2。例如,EBI#2的取值为6。S901. When the terminal device initiates session #2 through the N3GPP access technology, the core network device initiates the session #2 creation process through the N3GPP technology. At this time, the ePDG sends a session #2 creation request message to the SMF/PGW-C# 1. Message #1 includes EBI #2 for identifying session #2. For example, the value of EBI#2 is 6.
可选地,消息#1中可以包括HI标志位,例如,该字段取值为0,表示终端设备的会话#2是初始建立的会话。Optionally, the message #1 may include an HI flag bit, for example, the value of this field is 0, indicating that the session #2 of the terminal device is an initially established session.
例如,会话#2为语音业务,会话#2的创建请求消息#1的形式可以为:Create Session Request(APN=voice,EBI=6)。For example, session #2 is a voice service, and the form of the creation request message #1 of session #2 may be: Create Session Request (APN=voice, EBI=6).
S902,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#2生成PDU会话标识#3。S902, the SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session ID #3 according to the EBI #2.
由于会话#2是通过3GPP接入技术发起的会话,SMF/PGW-C根据协议规定,根据第一预设值为80生成的PDU会话标识#3。例如,生成的标识#3为6+80=86。Since the session #2 is a session initiated through the 3GPP access technology, the SMF/PGW-C generates the PDU session identifier #3 according to the first preset value of 80 according to the protocol. For example, the generated token #3 is 6+80=86.
S903,SMF/PGW-C向CHF发送创建请求(create request)消息#2,消息#2包括标识#3。S903, the SMF/PGW-C sends a create request (create request) message #2 to the CHF, and the message #2 includes the identifier #3.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N40接口向CHF发送创建请求消息#2。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #2 to CHF through N40 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#2的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requset(PduSessionId1=6+80=86,ChargingId1=ChargingIdA)。For example, the form of the create request message #2 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requestet (PduSessionId1=6+80=86, ChargingId1=ChargingIdA).
S904,CHF保存终端设备的标识和标识#3的映射关系。S904, the CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #3.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,CHF保存IMSI#1和标识#3的映射关系#1。For example, the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the CHF stores the mapping relationship #1 between IMSI#1 and identifier #3.
S905,SMF/PGW-C向PCF发送创建请求消息#3,消息#3包括标识#3。S905, the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #3 to the PCF, and the message #3 includes the identifier #3.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N7接口向PCF发送创建请求消息#3。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #3 to PCF through N7 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#3的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requset(PduSessionId1=6+80=86)。For example, the form of the create request message #3 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requestet(PduSessionId1=6+80=86).
应理解,消息#2和消息#3的发送顺序不做限定,即S903和S904的先后顺序不做限定。It should be understood that the sending order of message #2 and message #3 is not limited, that is, the order of S903 and S904 is not limited.
S906,PCF保存终端设备的标识和标识#3的映射关系。S906. The PCF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #3.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,PCF保存IMSI#1和标识#3的映射关系#2。For example, the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the PCF stores the mapping relationship #2 between IMSI#1 and identifier #3.
S907,当终端设备发生移动性切换,由N3GPP技术接入网切换至3GPP技术接入网,会话#2将会切换至N3GPP技术接入网,此时MME将会通过SGW向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#2的创建请求消息#4,消息#4包括MME重新分配的EBI#3。由于EBI#3和EBI#3是不同的网元分配的,因此可能会出现分配的EBI的值相同的情况。例如,EBI#3的取值为6。S907. When the mobility handover of the terminal equipment occurs, the N3GPP technical access network is switched to the 3GPP technical access network, and the session #2 will be switched to the N3GPP technical access network. At this time, the MME will communicate with the SMF/PGW-C through the SGW Send the creation request message #4 of the session #2, and the message #4 includes the EBI #3 reallocated by the MME. Since EBI#3 and EBI#3 are allocated by different network elements, it may happen that the allocated EBI values are the same. For example, the value of EBI#3 is 6.
消息#4中还可能包括HI标志位,例如,该字段取值为1,表示终端设备的会话#2是切换的会话。或者也可以理解为,表示终端设备的会话#2从3GPP接入技术切换至N3GPP接入技术。Message #4 may also include an HI flag bit, for example, if this field takes a value of 1, it indicates that session #2 of the terminal device is a handover session. Or it can also be understood as indicating that the session #2 of the terminal device is switched from the 3GPP access technology to the N3GPP access technology.
例如,会话#2的创建请求消息#4的形式可以为:Create Session Request(EBI=6)。For example, the form of the creation request message #4 of session #2 may be: Create Session Request (EBI=6).
S908,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#3生成PDU会话标识#4。S908, the SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session ID #4 according to the EBI #3.
由于会话#2切换至3GPP接入技术,SMF/PGW-C根据协议规定,根据第一预设值为64生成的PDU会话标识#4。例如,生成的标识#4为6+64=70。Since the session #2 is switched to the 3GPP access technology, the SMF/PGW-C generates the PDU session identifier #4 according to the first preset value of 64 according to the agreement. For example, the generated token #4 is 6+64=70.
S909,SMF/PGW-C向CHF发送更新请求消息#1。S909, the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #1 to the CHF.
现有协议并未明确切换场景中N40接口中的会话标识应该如何更新,即虽然S908中生成了标识#4,但是按照现有协议流程,更新请求消息#1中不会包括标识#4,更新消息#1中包括的标识仍然为标识#3。The existing protocol does not specify how the session identifier in the N40 interface should be updated in the handover scenario. That is, although the identifier #4 is generated in S908, according to the existing protocol flow, the update request message #1 will not include the identifier #4. The identity included in message #1 is still identity #3.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N40接口向CHF发送更新请求消息#1。The SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #1 to the CHF through the N40 interface.
例如,更新请求消息#1的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Update Requset(PduSessionId1=5+64=69,ChargingId1=ChargingIdA)。For example, the format of the update request message #1 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Update Requestet (PduSessionId1=5+64=69, ChargingId1=ChargingIdA).
S910,CHF根据更新请求消息#1保存标识#3。S910, the CHF saves the identifier #3 according to the update request message #1.
即虽然终端设备的会话#2切换至3GPP接入技术,且SMF/PGW-C生成了标识#4,但是经过S907至S910,在CHF上,用于标识会话#2的PDU会话标识仍然为标识#3。That is, although the session #2 of the terminal device is switched to the 3GPP access technology, and the SMF/PGW-C generates the identifier #4, after S907 to S910, on the CHF, the PDU session identifier used to identify the session #2 is still the identifier #3.
S911,SMF/PGW-C向PCF发送更新请求消息#2。S911, the SMF/PGW-C sends an update request message #2 to the PCF.
现有协议中,发往PCF的更新请求消息中不支持携带PDU会话标识,即虽然S908中生成了标识#2,但是按照现有协议流程,更新请求消息#2中不会包括标识#2。In the existing protocol, the update request message sent to the PCF does not support carrying the PDU session identifier, that is, although the identifier #2 is generated in S908, according to the existing protocol flow, the update request message #2 will not include the identifier #2.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N7接口向PCF发送更新请求消息#2。The SMF/PGW-C can send an update request message #2 to the PCF through the N7 interface.
例如,更新请求消息#2的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Update Requset()。For example, the form of update request message #2 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Update Requestet().
S912,由于更新请求消息#2中不包括PDU会话标识,因此PCF不会改变本地保存的标识#3。S912. Since the update request message #2 does not include the PDU session identifier, the PCF will not change the locally stored identifier #3.
即虽然终端设备的会话#2切换至N3GPP接入技术,且SMF/PGW-C生成了标识#4,但是经过S907至S912,在PCF上,用于标识会话#2的PDU会话标识仍然为标识#3。That is, although the session #2 of the terminal device is switched to the N3GPP access technology, and the SMF/PGW-C generates the identifier #4, after S907 to S912, on the PCF, the PDU session identifier used to identify the session #2 is still the identifier #3.
应理解,更新请求消息#1和更新请求消息#2的发送顺序不做限定,即S909和S911的先后顺序不做限定。It should be understood that the sending order of the update request message #1 and the update request message #2 is not limited, that is, the sequence of S909 and S911 is not limited.
S913,SMF/PGW-C向ePDG发送释放消息,例如,删除承载请求(delete bearer request)消息,携带发生切换的会话的标识,即EBI#2。S913, the SMF/PGW-C sends a release message to the ePDG, for example, a delete bearer request (delete bearer request) message, carrying the identifier of the session where the handover occurs, that is, EBI#2.
例如,删除承载请求消息的形式可以为:Delete Bearer Request(EBI=6)。For example, the format of the delete bearer request message may be: Delete Bearer Request (EBI=6).
MME在收到释放消息后,会将标识会话#2的EBI#2释放。After receiving the release message, the MME will release the EBI#2 identifying the session #2.
S914,当终端设备再次通过N3GPP接入技术发起会话#1时,与S901至S906类似,核心网设备会通过N3GPP技术发起会话#1的创建流程。此时,ePDG向SMF/PGW-C发送会话#1的创建请求消息#5。S914, when the terminal device initiates the session #1 again through the N3GPP access technology, similar to S901 to S906, the core network device initiates the creation process of the session #1 through the N3GPP technology. At this point, the ePDG sends a session #1 creation request message #5 to the SMF/PGW-C.
类似地,消息#5可以包括ePDG为会话#1分配的EBI#1,由于在S913中,ePDG为会话#2生成的EBI#2已经完成释放,因此ePDG为会话#1分配的EBI#1可能会和之前为会话#2分配的EBI#2相同,例如,EBI#1的取值为6。Similarly, the message #5 may include the EBI #1 allocated by the ePDG for the session #1. Since the EBI #2 generated by the ePDG for the session #2 has been released in S913, the EBI #1 allocated by the ePDG for the session #1 may It will be the same as the EBI#2 assigned to session #2 before, for example, the value of EBI#1 is 6.
例如,会话#1为彩信业务,会话#1的创建请求消息#5的形式可以为:Create Session Request(APN=mms,EBI=6)。For example, session #1 is a multimedia message service, and the form of creating request message #5 of session #1 may be: Create Session Request (APN=mms, EBI=6).
S915,SMF/PGW-C根据EBI#1生成PDU会话标识#1。S915, the SMF/PGW-C generates a PDU session identifier #1 according to the EBI #1.
由于会话#1是通过N3GPP接入技术发起的会话,SMF/PGW-C根据协议规定,根据 第一预设值为80生成的PDU会话标识#1。例如,生成的标识#1为6+80=86。Since the session #1 is a session initiated by the N3GPP access technology, the SMF/PGW-C generates the PDU session identifier #1 according to the first preset value of 80 according to the protocol. For example, the generated token #1 is 6+80=86.
S916,SMF/PGW-C确定标识#1与S902中生成的标识#3相同,即确定标识#1为终端设备的重复标识,则SMF/PGW-C根据第二预设值为会话#1生成的PDU会话标识#2。S916, the SMF/PGW-C determines that the identity #1 is the same as the identity #3 generated in S902, that is, it is determined that the identity #1 is a repeated identity of the terminal device, and then the SMF/PGW-C generates session #1 according to the second preset value PDU session identifier #2.
例如,在N3GPP接入技术中,第二预设值可以为112,从而标识#2为6+112=118。For example, in the N3GPP access technology, the second preset value may be 112, so the identifier #2 is 6+112=118.
S917,SMF/PGW-C向CHF发送创建请求(create request)消息#6,消息#6包括标识#2。S917, the SMF/PGW-C sends a create request (create request) message #6 to the CHF, and the message #6 includes the identifier #2.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N40接口向CHF发送创建请求消息#6。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #6 to CHF through N40 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#6的形式可以为:Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requset(PduSessionId2=6+112=118,ChargingId2=ChargingIdB)。For example, the form of the create request message #6 may be: Nchf_ConvergedCharging_Create Requestet (PduSessionId2=6+112=118, ChargingId2=ChargingIdB).
S918,CHF保存终端设备的标识和标识#2的映射关系。S918. The CHF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #2.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,CHF保存IMSI#1和标识#2的映射关系#3。For example, the identity of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the CHF stores the mapping relationship #3 between IMSI#1 and identity #2.
S919,SMF/PGW-C向PCF发送创建请求消息#7,消息#7包括标识#2。S919, the SMF/PGW-C sends a creation request message #7 to the PCF, and the message #7 includes the identifier #2.
SMF/PGW-C可以通过N7接口向PCF发送创建请求消息#7。SMF/PGW-C can send creation request message #7 to PCF through N7 interface.
例如,创建请求消息#7的形式可以为:Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requset(PduSessionId2=6+112=118)。For example, the form of the create request message #7 may be: Npcf_SMPolicyControl_Create Requestet(PduSessionId2=6+112=118).
应理解,消息#6和消息#7的发送顺序不做限定,即S917和S919的先后顺序不做限定。It should be understood that the sending order of message #6 and message #7 is not limited, that is, the order of S917 and S919 is not limited.
S920,PCF保存终端设备的标识和标识#2的映射关系。S920, the PCF saves the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the identifier #2.
例如,终端设备的标识为IMSI#1,PCF保存IMSI#1和标识#2的映射关系#4。For example, the identifier of the terminal device is IMSI#1, and the PCF stores the mapping relationship #4 between IMSI#1 and identifier #2.
此时,在CHF和PCF中,标识会话#2的PDU会话标识仍然为标识#3,然而标识会话#1的PDU会话标识在S915至S916中生成为标识#2,不会出现重复。也就是说,本申请的方法,通过在创建消息中携带与第一PDU会话标识不同的第二PDU会话标识,避免策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元收到与第一会话的PDU会话标识重复的会话标识,从而使得终端设备的多个业务可以同时进行,提升用户体验。At this time, in CHF and PCF, the PDU session identifier identifying session #2 is still identifier #3, but the PDU session identifier identifying session #1 is generated as identifier #2 in S915 to S916, and there will be no repetition. That is to say, in the method of the present application, by carrying the second PDU session identifier different from the first PDU session identifier in the creation message, it is avoided that the network element with the policy control function and/or the network element with the charging function receives the connection with the first session. The PDU session identifier repeats the session identifier, so that multiple services of the terminal device can be performed at the same time, improving user experience.
应理解,S901和S907中HI标志位的取值仅为举例说明,本申请不做限定。It should be understood that the values of the HI flag bits in S901 and S907 are for illustration only, and are not limited in this application.
上面结合图1至图9详细介绍了本申请实施例提供的通信的方法,下面将结合图10至图11介绍本申请实施例提供的通信装置。应理解,图10至图11所示的装置可以实现上述方法中各个步骤,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 9 , and the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to FIG. 10 to FIG. 11 . It should be understood that the devices shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 11 can implement each step in the above method, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
图10是本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图10所示,该通信装置1000可以包括收发单元1010和/或处理单元1020。Fig. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , the communication device 1000 may include a transceiver unit 1010 and/or a processing unit 1020 .
该收发单元1010可以包括发送单元和/或接收单元。该收发单元1010可以是收发器(包括发射器和/或接收器)、输入/输出接口(包括输入和/或输出接口)、管脚或电路等。该收发单元1010可以用于执行上述方法实施例中发送和/或接收的步骤。The transceiving unit 1010 may include a sending unit and/or a receiving unit. The transceiving unit 1010 may be a transceiver (including a transmitter and/or receiver), an input/output interface (including an input and/or output interface), a pin or a circuit, and the like. The transceiver unit 1010 may be configured to perform the sending and/or receiving steps in the above method embodiments.
该处理单元1020可以是处理器(可以包括一个多个)、具有处理器功能的处理电路等,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中除发送接收外的其它步骤。The processing unit 1020 may be a processor (may include more than one), a processing circuit with a processor function, etc., and may be used to execute other steps in the above method embodiments except sending and receiving.
可选地,该通信装置还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以是存储器、内部存储单元(例如,寄存器、缓存等)、外部的存储单元(例如,只读存储器、随机存取存储器等)等。该存储单元用于存储指令,该处理单元1020执行该存储单元所存储的指令,以使该通信装置执行上述方法。Optionally, the communication device may further include a storage unit, which may be a memory, an internal storage unit (for example, a register, a cache, etc.), an external storage unit (for example, a read-only memory, a random access memory, etc.), etc. . The storage unit is used to store instructions, and the processing unit 1020 executes the instructions stored in the storage unit, so that the communication device executes the above method.
一种设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上述方法400、方法500、方法600中的第一核心网设备,且可以执行方法400、方法500、方法600中由第一核心网设备、SMF/PGW-C所执行的操作。In one design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the first core network device in the above method 400, method 500, and method 600, and may execute the method 400, method 500, and method 600 by the first core network device, SMF/ Operations performed by PGW-C.
例如,收发单元1010,用于接收接收第一请求消息,该第一请求消息用于请求终端设备的第一会话从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术,第一请求消息包括第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI。收发单元1010还可以用于:向第三核心网设备发送更新消息,更新消息中包括第一PDU会话标识,第一PDU会话标识是根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成的。For example, the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to receive a first request message, the first request message is used to request the first session of the terminal device to switch from the first access technology to the second access technology, and the first request message includes the first The first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the session. The transceiver unit 1010 may also be configured to: send an update message to the third core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
应理解,收发单元1010以及处理单元1020还可以执行上述方法400、方法500、方法600中任一方法中由第一核心网设备、SMF/PGW-C所执行的其他操作,这里不再一一详述。It should be understood that the transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the first core network device and the SMF/PGW-C in any of the methods 400, 500, and 600 above, which will not be described here one by one. detail.
一种设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上述方法400、方法500、方法600中的第三核心网设备,且可以执行方法400、方法500、方法600中由第三核心网设备、PCF或CHF所执行的操作。In one design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the third core network device in the above method 400, method 500, and method 600, and may execute the method 400, method 500, and method 600 by the third core network device, PCF or Actions performed by CHF.
例如,收发单元1010,用于接收来自于第一核心网设备的更新消息,该更新消息包括第一PDU会话标识,该第一PDU会话标识根据第一EBI生成,该第一EBI用于标识终端设备的第一会话。处理单元1020,用于保存终端设备的标识和第一PDU会话标识的映射关系。For example, the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to receive an update message from a first core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to a first EBI, and the first EBI is used to identify a terminal The first session of the device. The processing unit 1020 is configured to save the mapping relationship between the terminal device identifier and the first PDU session identifier.
应理解,收发单元1010以及处理单元1020还可以执行上述方法400、方法500、方法600中由第三核心网设备、PCF或CHF所执行的其他操作,这里不再一一详述。It should be understood that the transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the third core network device, the PCF or the CHF in the foregoing method 400, method 500, and method 600, which will not be described in detail here.
一种设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上述方法400、方法500、方法600中的第二核心网设备,且可以执行方法400、方法500、方法600中由第二核心网设备、MME或ePDG所执行的操作。In one design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the second core network device in the above method 400, method 500, and method 600, and may execute the method 400, method 500, and method 600 by the second core network device, MME or Operations performed by the ePDG.
例如,收发单元1010,用于向第一核心网设备发送第一请求消息,该第一请求消息用于请求终端设备的第一会话从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术,第一请求消息包括第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI。For example, the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to send a first request message to the first core network device, where the first request message is used to request the first session of the terminal device to switch from the first access technology to the second access technology, the first The request message includes the first EPS bearer identifier EBI of the first session.
应理解,收发单元1010以及处理单元1020还可以执行上述方法400、方法500、方法600中由第二核心网设备、MME或ePDG所执行的其他操作,这里不再一一详述。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the second core network device, MME or ePDG in the foregoing method 400, method 500, and method 600, which will not be described in detail here.
一种设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上述方法700、方法800、方法900中的第一核心网设备,且可以执行方法700、方法800、方法900中由第一核心网设备、SMF/PGW-C所执行的操作。In one design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the first core network device in the above method 700, method 800, and method 900, and may execute the method 700, method 800, and method 900 by the first core network device, SMF/ Operations performed by PGW-C.
例如,收发单元1010,用于接收接收第一请求消息,该第一请求消息用于请通过第一接入技术创建终端设备的第一会话,该第一请求消息包括第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI。收发单元1010还可以用于:在确定第一PDU会话标识为终端设备的重复标识时,向第三核心网设备发送创建消息,该创建消息包括第二PDU会话标识,第二PDU会话标识和第一PDU会话标识不同,第一PDU会话标识是根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成的。For example, the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to receive a first request message, the first request message is used to request to create a first session of the terminal device through the first access technology, and the first request message includes the first evolution of the first session The packet system bearer identity EBI. The transceiver unit 1010 may also be configured to: when determining that the first PDU session identifier is a repeated identifier of the terminal device, send a creation message to the third core network device, where the creation message includes the second PDU session identifier, the second PDU session identifier and the second PDU session identifier. The PDU session identifiers are different, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
应理解,收发单元1010以及处理单元1020还可以执行上述方法700、方法800、方法900中任一方法中由第一核心网设备、SMF/PGW-C所执行的其他操作,这里不再一一 详述。It should be understood that the transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the first core network device and the SMF/PGW-C in any of the methods 700, 800, and 900 above, which will not be described here one by one. detail.
一种设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上述方法700、方法800、方法900中的第三核心网设备,且可以执行方法700、方法800、方法900中由第三核心网设备、PCF或CHF所执行的操作。In one design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the third core network device in the above method 700, method 800, and method 900, and may execute the method 700, method 800, and method 900 by the third core network device, PCF or Actions performed by CHF.
例如,收发单元1010,用于接收来自于第一核心网设备的创建消息,该创建消息包括第二PDU会话标识,第二PDU会话标识和第一PDU会话标识不同,第一PDU会话标识是根据第一EBI和第一预设值生成的,该第一EBI用于标识终端设备的第一会话。处理单元1020,用于保存终端设备的标识和第二PDU会话的映射关系。For example, the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to receive a creation message from the first core network device, the creation message includes a second PDU session identifier, the second PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is based on The first EBI and the first preset value are generated, where the first EBI is used to identify the first session of the terminal device. The processing unit 1020 is configured to save the mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the second PDU session.
应理解,收发单元1010以及处理单元1020还可以执行上述方法700、方法800、方法900中由第三核心网设备、PCF或CHF所执行的其他操作,这里不再一一详述。It should be understood that the transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the third core network device, PCF or CHF in the foregoing method 700, method 800, and method 900, which will not be described in detail here.
一种设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上述方法700、方法800、方法900中的第二核心网设备,且可以执行方法700、方法800、方法900中由第二核心网设备、MME或ePDG所执行的操作。In one design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the second core network device in the above method 700, method 800, and method 900, and may execute the method 700, method 800, and method 900 by the second core network device, MME or Operations performed by the ePDG.
例如,收发单元1010,用于向第一核心网设备发送第一请求消息,该第一请求消息用于请通过第一接入技术创建终端设备的第一会话,该第一请求消息包括第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI。For example, the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to send a first request message to the first core network device, the first request message is used to request to create a first session of the terminal device through the first access technology, and the first request message includes the first The first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the session.
应理解,收发单元1010以及处理单元1020还可以执行上述方法700、方法800、方法900中由第二核心网设备、MME或ePDG所执行的其他操作,这里不再一一详述。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may also perform other operations performed by the second core network device, MME or ePDG in the foregoing method 700, method 800, and method 900, which will not be described in detail here.
应理解,在装置1000中,上述收发单元1010可以包括接收单元1011和发送单元1012,其中,接收单元1011用于执行上述收发单元1010中的接收功能,发送单元1012用于执行上述收发单元1010中的发送功能。It should be understood that, in the device 1000, the above-mentioned transceiver unit 1010 may include a receiving unit 1011 and a sending unit 1012, wherein the receiving unit 1011 is used to perform the receiving function in the above-mentioned transceiver unit 1010, and the sending unit 1012 is used to perform the receiving function in the above-mentioned transceiver unit 1010. send function.
图11是根据本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构框图。图11所示的通信装置1100包括:处理器1110、存储器1120和收发器1130。该处理器1110与存储器1120耦合,用于执行存储器1120中存储的指令,以控制收发器1130发送信号和/或接收信号。Fig. 11 is a structural block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 11 includes: a processor 1110 , a memory 1120 and a transceiver 1130 . The processor 1110 is coupled with the memory 1120 for executing instructions stored in the memory 1120 to control the transceiver 1130 to send signals and/or receive signals.
应理解,上述处理器1110和存储器1120可以合成一个处理装置,处理器1110用于执行存储器1120中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器1120也可以集成在处理器1110中,或者独立于处理器1110。应理解,处理器1110也可以和前面通信装置中的各个处理单元相对应,收发器1130可以和前面通信装置中的各个接收单元和发送单元相对应。It should be understood that the foregoing processor 1110 and memory 1120 may be combined into one processing device, and the processor 1110 is configured to execute program codes stored in the memory 1120 to implement the foregoing functions. During specific implementation, the memory 1120 may also be integrated in the processor 1110 , or be independent of the processor 1110 . It should be understood that the processor 1110 may also correspond to each processing unit in the foregoing communication device, and the transceiver 1130 may correspond to each receiving unit and sending unit in the foregoing communication device.
还应理解,收发器1130可以包括接收器(或者称,接收机)和发射器(或者称,发射机)。收发器还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。收发器还可以是通信接口或者接口电路。It should also be understood that the transceiver 1130 may include a receiver (or called a receiver) and a transmitter (or called a transmitter). The transceiver may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more. A transceiver may also be a communication interface or interface circuit.
具体地,该通信装置1100可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400、方法500、方法600中的第一核心网设备,方法400、方法500、方法600中的第三核心网设备,方法400、方法500、方法600中的第二核心网设备,方法700、方法800、方法900中的第一核心网设备,方法700、方法800、方法900中的第三核心网设备,或者,方法700、方法800、方法900中的第二核心网设备。该通信装置1100可以包括方法400、方法500、方法600中的第一核心网设备执行的方法的单元,方法400、方法500、方法600中的第三核心网设备执行的方法的单元,方法400、方法500、方法600中的第二核心网设备执行的方法 的单元,方法700、方法800、方法900中的第一核心网设备执行的方法的单元,方法700、方法800、方法900中的第三核心网设备执行的方法的单元,或者,方法700、方法800、方法900中的第二核心网设备执行的方法的单元。应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the communication device 1100 may correspond to the first core network device in the method 400, the method 500, and the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, the third core network device in the method 400, the method 500, and the method 600, and the method 400 , the second core network device in method 500, method 600, the first core network device in method 700, method 800, method 900, the third core network device in method 700, method 800, method 900, or, method 700 , the second core network device in the method 800, and the method 900. The communication apparatus 1100 may include the unit of the method performed by the first core network device in the method 400, the method 500, and the method 600, the unit of the method performed by the third core network device in the method 400, the method 500, and the method 600, and the method 400 , the unit of the method performed by the second core network device in the method 500 and the method 600, the unit of the method performed by the first core network device in the method 700, the method 800 and the method 900, and the unit in the method 700, the method 800 and the method 900 The unit of the method performed by the third core network device, or the unit of the method performed by the second core network device in method 700 , method 800 , or method 900 . It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to perform the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
当该通信装置1100为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口;处理单元可以为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device 1100 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The steps of the methods disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, no detailed description is given here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components . Various methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图4至图9所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the computer program described in Fig. 4 to Fig. 9 . The method of any one of the embodiments is illustrated.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图4至图9所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable medium, the computer-readable medium stores program codes, and when the program codes are run on a computer, the computer is made to perform the operations shown in Fig. 4 to Fig. 9 . The method of any one of the embodiments is illustrated.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括图4至图6所示实施例中任意一个实施例的第一核心网设备、第二核心网设备和/或第三核心网设备,或者,包括图7至图9所示实施例中任意一个实施例的第一核心网设备、第二核心网设备和/或第三核心网设备。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a system, which includes the first core network device, the second core network device and/or the third core network device in any one of the embodiments shown in Fig. 4 to Fig. 6 The core network device, alternatively, includes the first core network device, the second core network device, and/or the third core network device in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 7 to FIG. 9 .
在本申请实施例中,“示例的”、“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用示例的一词旨在以具体方式呈现概念。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" and "for example" are used as examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design described herein as "example" is not to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of the word example is intended to present concepts in a concrete manner.
本申请实施例中,“相应的(corresponding,relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。In the embodiments of the present application, "corresponding (corresponding, relevant)" and "corresponding (corresponding)" may sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be noted that when the difference is not emphasized, the meanings they intend to express are consistent.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. For the evolution of architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
在本说明书中描述的参考“一个实施例”或“一些实施例”等意味着在本申请的一个或多个实施例中包括结合该实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特点。由此,在本说明书中的不同之处出现的语句“在一个实施例中”、“在一些实施例中”、“在其他一些实施例中”、“在另外一些实施例中”等不是必然都参考相同的实施例,而是意味着“一个或多个但不是所有的实施例”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。术语“包括”、“包含”、“具有”及它们的变形都意味着“包括但不限于”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。Reference to "one embodiment" or "some embodiments" or the like in this specification means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in one or more embodiments of the present application. Thus, appearances of the phrases "in one embodiment," "in some embodiments," "in other embodiments," "in other embodiments," etc. in various places in this specification are not necessarily All refer to the same embodiment, but mean "one or more but not all embodiments" unless specifically stated otherwise. The terms "including", "comprising", "having" and variations thereof mean "including but not limited to", unless specifically stated otherwise.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:包括单独存在A,同时存在A和B,以及单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate: including the existence of A alone, the existence of A and B at the same time, and the existence of B alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同条件下的带宽等。It should be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the first, second and various numbers are only for convenience of description and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish bandwidth under different conditions, etc.
还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)。例如,RAM可以用作外部高速缓存。作为示例而非限定,RAM可以包括如下多种形式:静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory and/or a nonvolatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM). For example, RAM can be used as an external cache. As an example and not limitation, RAM may include the following forms: static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM) , double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and Direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
还需要说明的是,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should also be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的保护范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professionals may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the protection scope of the present application.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅 仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。此外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元实现本申请提供的方案。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to implement the solutions provided in this application.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。例如,所述计算机可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD)等。例如,前述的可用介质可以包括但不限于:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. For example, the computer may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wired (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD) etc. For example, the aforementioned available medium may include But not limited to: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (24)

  1. 一种通信的方法,其特征在于,所述方法由第一核心网设备执行,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is executed by a first core network device, including:
    接收来自于第二核心网设备的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于请求终端设备的第一会话从第一接入技术切换至第二接入技术,所述第一请求消息包括所述第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI;Receive a first request message from a second core network device, where the first request message is used to request that the first session of the terminal device be switched from the first access technology to the second access technology, where the first request message includes The first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI of the first session;
    向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元发送更新消息,所述更新消息包括第一PDU会话标识,所述第一PDU会话标识根据所述第一EBI和第一预设值生成。Send an update message to a policy control function network element and/or a charging function network element, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, where the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    根据所述第一EBI和所述第一预设值生成所述第一PDU会话标识。Generate the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入技术为第三代合作伙伴计划3GPP接入技术,所述第二接入技术为非第三代合作伙伴计划N3GPP接入技术。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first access technology is a 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is a non-Third Generation Partnership Project N3GPP access technology.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二核心网设备为演进的分组数据网关ePDG。The method according to claim 3, wherein the second core network device is an evolved packet data gateway (ePDG).
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一预设值为80。The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the first preset value is 80.
  6. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术,所述第二接入技术为3GPP接入技术。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first access technology is N3GPP access technology, and the second access technology is 3GPP access technology.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二核心网设备为移动管理实体MME。The method according to claim 6, wherein the second core network device is a Mobility Management Entity (MME).
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一预设值为64。The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the first preset value is 64.
  9. 一种通信的方法,其特征在于,所述方法由策略控制功能网元执行,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is executed by a network element with a policy control function, including:
    接收来自于第一核心网设备的更新消息,所述更新消息包括第一PDU会话标识,所述第一PDU会话标识根据第一EBI生成,所述第一EBI用于标识终端设备的第一会话;Receive an update message from the first core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI, and the first EBI is used to identify the first session of the terminal device ;
    保存所述终端设备的标识和所述第一PDU会话标识的映射关系。The mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the first PDU session identifier is stored.
  10. 一种通信的方法,其特征在于,所述方法由计费功能网元执行,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is executed by a charging function network element, including:
    接收来自于第一核心网设备的更新消息,所述更新消息包括第一PDU会话标识,所述第一PDU会话标识根据第一EBI生成,所述第一EBI用于标识终端设备的第一会话;Receive an update message from the first core network device, where the update message includes a first PDU session identifier, the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI, and the first EBI is used to identify the first session of the terminal device ;
    保存所述终端设备的标识和所述第一PDU会话标识的映射关系。The mapping relationship between the identifier of the terminal device and the first PDU session identifier is stored.
  11. 一种通信的方法,其特征在于,所述方法由第一核心网设备执行,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is executed by a first core network device, including:
    接收来自于第二核心网设备的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于请求通过第一接入技术创建终端设备的第一会话,所述第一请求消息包括所述第一会话的第一演进分组系统承载标识EBI;receiving a first request message from a second core network device, where the first request message is used to request to create a first session of a terminal device through a first access technology, where the first request message includes the first session The first evolved packet system bearer identifier EBI;
    在确定第一PDU会话标识为所述终端设备的重复标识时,向策略控制功能网元和/或计费功能网元发送创建消息,所述创建消息包括第二PDU会话标识,所述第二PDU会话标识和所述第一PDU会话标识不同,所述第一PDU会话标识根据所述第一EBI和第一预设值生成。When it is determined that the first PDU session identifier is the repeated identifier of the terminal device, a creation message is sent to the policy control function network element and/or the charging function network element, the creation message includes the second PDU session identifier, and the second The PDU session identifier is different from the first PDU session identifier, and the first PDU session identifier is generated according to the first EBI and a first preset value.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    根据所述第一EBI和所述第一预设值生成所述第一PDU会话标识;generating the first PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and the first preset value;
    根据所述第一EBI和第二预设值生成所述第二PDU会话标识,所述第二预设值和所述第一预设值不同。generating the second PDU session identifier according to the first EBI and a second preset value, where the second preset value is different from the first preset value.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,在接收第一请求消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein, before receiving the first request message, the method further comprises:
    接收第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息用于请求通过所述第一接入技术创建第二会话,所述第二请求消息包括所述第二会话的第二EBI;receiving a second request message for requesting creation of a second session via the first access technology, the second request message including a second EBI of the second session;
    根据所述第二EBI和第一预设值生成第三PDU会话标识;generating a third PDU session identifier according to the second EBI and the first preset value;
    所述确定第一PDU会话标识为所述终端设备的重复标识,包括:The determining that the first PDU session identifier is the repeated identifier of the terminal device includes:
    确定所述第三PDU会话标识和所述第一PDU会话标识相同。Determine that the third PDU session identifier is the same as the first PDU session identifier.
  14. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入技术为3GPP接入技术。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the first access technology is a 3GPP access technology.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二核心网设备为移动管理实体MME。The method according to claim 14, wherein the second core network device is a Mobility Management Entity (MME).
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一预设值为64。The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the first preset value is 64.
  17. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入技术为N3GPP接入技术。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the first access technology is an N3GPP access technology.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二核心网设备为演进的分组数据网关ePDG。The method according to claim 17, wherein the second core network device is an evolved packet data gateway (ePDG).
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一预设值为80。The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the first preset value is 80.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:用于执行如权利要求1至8中任一项,或如权利要求9或10所述的方法中各个步骤的单元,或如权利要求11至19中任一项所述的方法中各个步骤的单元。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises: a unit for performing each step in any one of claims 1 to 8, or the method according to claim 9 or 10, or as claimed in claims 11 to 19 A unit of each step in any one of the methods.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    存储器,用于存储计算机指令;memory for storing computer instructions;
    处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机指令,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求9或10所述的方法,或如权利要求11至19中任一项所述的方法。A processor configured to execute computer instructions stored in the memory so that the device performs the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, or the method according to claim 9 or 10, or the method according to claim 1 The method described in any one of claims 11 to 19.
  22. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求9或10所述的方法,或如权利要求11至19中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored thereon, and the computer program is used to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, or as described in claim 9 or 10 , or a method as claimed in any one of claims 11 to 19.
  23. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器用于执行存储的计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求9或10所述的方法,或如权利要求11至19中任一项所述的方法。A system on a chip, characterized in that it includes: a processor, the processor is used to execute a stored computer program, and the computer program is used to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, or the A method as claimed in claim 9 or 10, or a method as claimed in any one of claims 11 to 19.
  24. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求9或10所述的方法,或如权利要求11至19中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions, which, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, or the method according to claim 9 or 10 , or a method as claimed in any one of claims 11 to 19.
PCT/CN2022/103857 2021-08-06 2022-07-05 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2023011087A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110903825.4 2021-08-06
CN202110903825.4A CN115915096A (en) 2021-08-06 2021-08-06 Communication method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023011087A1 true WO2023011087A1 (en) 2023-02-09

Family

ID=85155081

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/103857 WO2023011087A1 (en) 2021-08-06 2022-07-05 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115915096A (en)
WO (1) WO2023011087A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220182907A1 (en) * 2020-12-07 2022-06-09 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Base station, control method, and storage medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108924824A (en) * 2017-03-20 2018-11-30 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of distribution method, device, SMF and the PCF of EPS load identification
WO2020147919A1 (en) * 2019-01-14 2020-07-23 Nokia Technologies Oy Apparatus, method & computer program
WO2020248579A1 (en) * 2019-06-14 2020-12-17 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for allocating pdu session id for terminal device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108924824A (en) * 2017-03-20 2018-11-30 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of distribution method, device, SMF and the PCF of EPS load identification
WO2020147919A1 (en) * 2019-01-14 2020-07-23 Nokia Technologies Oy Apparatus, method & computer program
WO2020248579A1 (en) * 2019-06-14 2020-12-17 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for allocating pdu session id for terminal device

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LG ELECTRONICS: "Interim agreement on MM-SM interaction", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-166478_INTERIM AGREEMENT ON MM-SM INTERACTION, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Reno, Nevada, USA; 20161114 - 20161118, 8 November 2016 (2016-11-08), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051199457 *
ZTE: "Calrification on the awareness of default EBI", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2000532, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Incheon, South Korea; 20200113 - 20200117, 7 January 2020 (2020-01-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051842594 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220182907A1 (en) * 2020-12-07 2022-06-09 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Base station, control method, and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115915096A (en) 2023-04-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3614730B1 (en) Parameter determination method and communication entity
WO2020073855A1 (en) Method and device for establishing session, and, method and device for transmitting packet
KR102267267B1 (en) Session context conversion
EP3716689A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2020224472A1 (en) Method and apparatus for allocating ip address, and method and apparatus for obtaining ip address
WO2021013122A1 (en) Handover method and device
EP3622747B1 (en) Enabling new radio cellular quality of service for non-internet protocol data sessions
JP7254721B2 (en) Information determination method, terminal equipment and network equipment
EP4117354A1 (en) Method and apparatus for processing time synchronization message
EP4221005A1 (en) Multipath transmission method and communication apparatus
EP4195718A1 (en) Method for communication between user terminal and network, and terminal, network device and apparatus
WO2022199451A1 (en) Session switching method and apparatus
WO2023011087A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2018195943A1 (en) Congestion processing method and device
WO2021233340A1 (en) Network registration method and apparatus
US20240107417A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023284551A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
KR20240060670A (en) Communication methods and devices
EP4030822A1 (en) Cross-network movement method and apparatus, and communication device
EP4391648A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023000798A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN114915917B (en) Method and device for transmitting multicast service
WO2023116560A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20240179516A1 (en) Secure communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022213264A1 (en) Terminal capability notification method, terminal device, and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22851802

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE